Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
| x | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
or
| ¨ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 333-182786
EMDEON INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
| Delaware | 20-5799664 | |
| (State or Other Jurisdiction of | (I.R.S. Employer | |
| Incorporation or Organization) | Identification No.) | |
| 3055 Lebanon Pike, Suite 1000 Nashville, TN |
37214 | |
| (Address of Principal Executive Offices) | (Zip Code) | |
(615) 932-3000
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ¨ No x*
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
| Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | ¨ | |||
| Non-accelerated filer | x (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) | Smaller reporting company | ¨ | |||
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x
As of December 31, 2013, there were issued and outstanding 100 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share. The registrant is a wholly owned subsidiary of Beagle Intermediate Holdings, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary or Beagle Parent Corp.
| * | The registrant is a voluntary filer of certain reports required to be filed by companies under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and has filed all reports that would have been required to have been filed by the registrant during the preceding 12 months had it been subject to such filing requirements during the entirety of such period. |
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None.
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
EMDEON INC.
| Page Number |
||||||
| PART I | ||||||
| Item 1. |
3 | |||||
| Item 1A. |
14 | |||||
| Item 1B. |
34 | |||||
| Item 2. |
34 | |||||
| Item 3. |
34 | |||||
| Item 4. |
35 | |||||
| PART II | ||||||
| Item 5. |
35 | |||||
| Item 6. |
35 | |||||
| Item 7. |
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
37 | ||||
| Item 7A. |
64 | |||||
| Item 8. |
65 | |||||
| Item 9. |
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
65 | ||||
| Item 9A. |
66 | |||||
| Item 9B. |
67 | |||||
| PART III | ||||||
| Item 10. |
67 | |||||
| Item 11. |
72 | |||||
| Item 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
86 | ||||
| Item 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
88 | ||||
| Item 14. |
93 | |||||
| PART IV | ||||||
| Item 15. |
94 | |||||
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Annual Report”) of Emdeon Inc. (the “Company”) includes certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws regarding, among other things, our or our management’s intentions, plans, beliefs, expectations or predictions of future events. These statements often include words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate” or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements also may include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our revenues, profitability and outlook and our overall business strategy. These statements are subject to numerous uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, readers should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.
Other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially include those set forth in the risks discussed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and Part II, Item 7,“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual Report.
All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements. Readers should keep in mind that any forward-looking statement made by us in this Annual Report, or elsewhere, speaks only as of the date on which made. We caution against any undue reliance on these statements and expressly disclaim any intent, obligation or undertaking to update or revise any forward-looking statements made herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statements are based.
Unless stated otherwise or the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Emdeon” and the “Company” refer to Emdeon Inc. and its subsidiaries.
2
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| ITEM 1. | BUSINESS |
Overview
We are a leading provider of revenue and payment cycle management and clinical information exchange solutions connecting payers, providers and patients in the United States healthcare system. Our solutions integrate and automate key business and administrative functions of our payer and provider customers throughout the patient encounter. These solutions include pre-care patient eligibility and benefits verification and enrollment, clinical information exchange, claims management and adjudication, payment integrity, payment distribution, payment posting, denial management and patient billing and payment processing.
Through the use of our comprehensive suite of solutions, customers are able to improve efficiency, reduce costs, increase cash flow and more efficiently manage the complex revenue and payment cycle and clinical information exchange processes. Our solutions are delivered primarily through recurring, transaction-based processes that are designed to leverage our health information network, the single largest financial and administrative information exchange in the United States healthcare system. Our health information network currently reaches approximately 1,200 payers, 700,000 providers, 5,000 hospitals, 81,000 dentists, 60,000 pharmacies and 450 labs.
In 2013, we processed a total of approximately 7.4 billion healthcare-related transactions. We have developed our network of payers and providers over 30 years and connect to virtually all private and government payers, claim-submitting providers and pharmacies. Our network and related solutions are designed to integrate with our customers’ existing technology infrastructures and administrative workflow and typically require minimal capital expenditure on the part of the customer, while generating significant savings and operating efficiencies.
Organizational Structure and Corporate History
The Company is a Delaware corporation.
On November 2, 2011, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) among Emdeon, Beagle Parent Corp. (“Parent”) and Beagle Acquisition Corp. (“Merger Sub”), Merger Sub merged with and into Emdeon, with Emdeon surviving the merger (the “Merger”). Subsequent to the Merger, we became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, which is controlled by The Blackstone Group L.P. (“Blackstone”), Hellman & Friedman LLC (“Hellman & Friedman”) and certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone and Hellman & Friedman (collectively, the “Investor Group”). The Merger was financed through a combination of cash and the incurrence of indebtedness, including a $1.224 billion senior secured term loan credit facility (as amended, the “Term Loan Facility”) and a $125.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”; and collectively with the Term Loan Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”), as well as $375.0 million in 11% senior notes due 2019 (the “2019 Notes”) and $375.0 million in 11.25% senior notes due 2020 (the “2020 Notes”, and collectively with the 2019 Notes, the “Senior Notes”). The preceding financing transactions, together with the Merger, are sometimes referred to as the “2011 Transactions”.
In 2012, the outstanding unregistered Senior Notes were exchanged in a registered offering with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for substantially identical Senior Notes that are freely tradable.
Our Solutions
During 2013, we delivered our solutions and operated our business in four segments: (i) payer services, which provides solutions to commercial insurance companies, third party administrators and governmental payers; (ii) provider revenue cycle solutions, which provides solutions primarily to hospitals and large physician practices; (iii) ambulatory provider services,
3
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
which provides solutions, both directly and through our channel partners, primarily to small physician practices, dentists, labs and other ambulatory healthcare providers; and (iv) pharmacy services, which provides solutions to pharmacies, pharmacy benefit management companies, government agencies and other payers. The selected financial information for each segment is provided in Note 19 in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Part IV, Item 15, beginning on Page F-1 of this Annual Report.
Through the payer services segment, we provide payment cycle solutions that help simplify the administration of healthcare. Our payer services offerings include insurance eligibility and benefits verification, claims management, payment integrity and payment distribution. Additionally, we provide consulting services through the payer services segment.
Through the provider revenue cycle solutions segment, we provide revenue cycle management solutions that help simplify providers’ revenue cycle and workflow, reduce related costs and improve cash flow. Our provider revenue cycle solutions offerings include revenue cycle management solutions, government program eligibility and enrollment services and revenue optimization solutions.
Through the ambulatory provider services segment, we provide, both directly and through our channel partners, revenue cycle management solutions that help simplify providers’ revenue cycle and workflow, reduce related costs and improve cash flow. Our ambulatory provider services offerings include revenue cycle management solutions and patient billing and payment services.
Through the pharmacy services segment, we provide electronic prescribing and other electronic solutions to pharmacies, pharmacy benefit management companies and government agencies related to prescription benefit claim filing, adjudication and management.
4
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
We have reorganized our reportable segments as payer services, provider services and pharmacy services effective January 1, 2014.
Payer Services Solutions
Pre-Care and Claims Management
Our pre-care solutions interface with the payer’s systems, allowing providers to process insurance eligibility and benefits verification tasks prior to the delivery of care without the need for live payer/provider interaction. Our claims management solutions include electronic data interchange (“EDI”), paper-to-EDI conversion of insurance claims through high-volume imaging, batch and real-time healthcare transaction information exchanges and intelligent routing between payers and other business partners. We also perform payer-specific edits of claims for proper format, including standards in accordance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), before submission to minimize manual processes associated with pending claims. Our healthcare payment integrity and fraud, waste and abuse management services combine sophisticated data analytics solutions and technology with an experienced team of investigators to help identify potential financial risks earlier in the revenue and payment cycle, prevent payment of fraudulent and improper claims and identify overpayments, creating efficiencies and cost savings for payers.
Payment Distribution
Our payment and remittance distribution solutions facilitate the paper and electronic distribution of payments and payment related information by payers to providers, including explanation of benefits (“EOB”) to patients. Because of the breadth and scale of our connectivity to both payers and providers, payer customers can realize significant print and operational cost savings through the use of either electronic payment and remittance solutions or high-volume “co-operative” print and mail solutions to reduce postage and material costs. In addition, we offer electronic solutions that integrate with our print and mail platform to facilitate the conversion to electronic payment and remittance. We expect to see further transition from paper based processes to electronic processes over time because of the substantial cost savings available to payers by adopting electronic payment, remittance advice and EOB distribution.
Consulting Services
Our consulting services solutions assist healthcare clients analyze, develop and implement business and technology strategies designed to align with healthcare trends and overall business goals. Our consultants combine extensive health industry knowledge with practical experience that can help solve many industry challenges, such as limited time and resources, disparate and out-of-date systems, antiquated processes and diverse perspectives, to assist clients with analysis, selection, procurement and implementation services in deploying healthcare information technology solutions quickly and cost-effectively.
Provider Revenue Cycle Solutions
Pre-Care/Medical Treatment
Our patient eligibility and verification solutions assist our hospital and health system customers in determining a patient’s current health benefits levels. Our eligibility and verification offerings also integrate other information to help determine a patient’s ability to pay, as well as the likelihood of public assistance and charity care reimbursement. These solutions help mitigate a hospital’s or health system’s exposure to bad debt expense by providing clarity into a patient’s insurance coverage, ultimate out-of-pocket responsibility and ability to pay.
We also offer technology-enabled government program eligibility and enrollment services to uninsured and underinsured populations to assist our hospital and health system customers in lowering their incidence of uncompensated care and bad-debt expense and increasing overall cash flow.
5
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
As part of the medical treatment process, hospitals and health systems use our clinical information exchange capabilities to order and access lab reports and for electronic prescribing.
Claims Management
Our claims management solutions can be delivered to a hospital or health system via our web-based direct solutions or through our network of channel partners. In either case, our claims management solutions leverage our industry leading payer connectivity to deliver consistent and reliable access to virtually every payer in the United States. Our solutions streamline reimbursement by providing (i) tools to improve hospital workflow, edit claims prior to submission and identify errors that delay reimbursement and (ii) robust reporting to hospitals and health systems in order to track claims throughout their life-cycle and reduce claim rejections and denials.
Payment Posting/Denial Management
Our payment automation solutions allow hospitals and health systems to automate the entire payment process. On behalf of our hospital and health system customers, we can accept paper payments from both third party payers and patients and convert them into automated workflows which can be reconciled and posted. Our web-based solutions allow hospitals and health systems to analyze remittance advice or payment data and reconcile it with the originally submitted claim to determine whether proper reimbursement has been received. These solutions also (i) allow hospitals and health systems to identify underpayments, efficiently appeal denials and resubmit claims in a timely manner, (ii) provide insight into patterns of denials and (iii) enable the establishment of procedures that can reduce the number of inaccurate claims submitted in the future. Our payment posting solution automates the labor intensive, paper-based payment reconciliation and manual posting process, which we believe saves providers time and improves accuracy.
We also provide technology solutions and professional services that enable hospitals and health systems to transform previously written-off government and commercial payer underpayments into realized revenue. Our provider revenue optimization services not only help to identify the root cause, but also help to collect and prevent underpayments from happening with audit and recovery services, accounts receivable management, denial and appeals services and performance improvement and prevention.
Ambulatory Provider Services Solutions
Pre-Care/Medical Treatment
Our patient eligibility and verification solutions assist our physician, dentist and other ambulatory healthcare provider customers in determining a patient’s current health benefits levels. These solutions help mitigate a provider’s exposure to bad debt expense by providing clarity into a patient’s insurance coverage, ultimate out-of-pocket responsibility and ability to pay.
As part of the medical treatment process, physicians, dentists and other healthcare providers use our clinical information exchange capabilities to order and access lab reports and for electronic prescribing.
Claims Management
Our claims management solutions can be delivered to a physician, dentist and other ambulatory healthcare provider via our web-based direct solutions or through our network of channel partners. In either case, our claims management solutions leverage our industry leading payer connectivity to deliver consistent and reliable access to virtually every payer in the United States. Our solutions streamline reimbursement by providing (i) tools to improve physician, dentist and other ambulatory healthcare provider workflow, edit claims prior to submission and identify errors that delay reimbursement and (ii) robust reporting to physicians, dentists and other ambulatory healthcare providers in order to track claims throughout their life-cycle and reduce claim rejections and denials.
6
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Patient Billing and Payment
Our patient billing and payment solutions provide an efficient means for providers to bill their patients for outstanding balances due, including outsourced print and mail services for patient statements and other communications, as well as email updates to patients and online bill presentment and payment functionality. We believe our solutions are more timely, cost-effective and consistent than in-house print and mail operations and improve patient collections. In addition, we offer providers digital delivery, which enables providers to securely send invoices and other documents as an interactive attachment to a patient’s email address. Our patient payment lockbox allows providers to efficiently process patients’ paper payments, reconcile them to the original bill and automatically post these payments. Our eCashiering and merchant services solutions allow providers to collect payments from patients at the point-of-service or online.
Pharmacy Services Solutions
Prescription Benefits Administration (Payers)
Our prescription solutions provide claims processing and other administrative services for pharmacy payers and state Medicaid programs that are conducted online, in real-time, according to client benefit plan designs and present a cost-effective alternative to an in-house pharmacy claims adjudication system. These offerings also allow payers to directly manage more of their pharmacy benefits and include pharmacy claims adjudication, network and payer administration, client call center service and support, reporting, rebate management, as well as implementation, training and account management.
Claims Management and Adjudication (Providers)
Our pharmacy claims, revenue management and electronic prescribing solutions provide pharmacies and providers with integrated tools for managing efficiency and profitability through claims management, business intelligence and network infrastructure. We believe our pharmacy provider solutions improve pharmacy workflow and customer service, increase operational efficiency and patient safety and help build pharmacy revenue and customer loyalty.
Payment Posting and Denial Management (Providers)
Our payment posting and denial management solutions offer pharmacies efficient ways to monitor and track remittance and third party payment information, as well as Medicaid and Medicare claim denials, which we believe allows our pharmacy customers to improve their collections.
Customers
We generally provide solutions to our payer, provider and pharmacy customers on either a per transaction, per document, per communication, per member per month, monthly flat-fee, contingent fee or hourly basis. Our contracts with our payer, provider and pharmacy customers are generally one to three years in term and automatically renew for successive annual terms unless terminated. We also have entered into management services agreements with more than 450 of our payer customers under which we provide comprehensive services for certain eligibility and benefits verification and/or claims management services. These comprehensive management services agreements generally have terms of three years and renew automatically for successive annual terms unless terminated.
Payer Services
The payer market is comprised of more than 1,200 payers across four main payer types: Medicare/Medicaid, Blue Cross Blue Shield, fiscal intermediaries and private insurance companies. We are directly connected and provide services to virtually all payers offering electronic transaction connectivity services. We also serve the payer market with payment and remittance distribution, payment integrity and consulting services solutions. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our top ten payer customers represented approximately 14% of our total revenues and no payer customer accounted for more than 2% of our total revenues.
7
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Provider Services
The provider market is comprised of hospitals, physicians, dentists and other healthcare providers, such as lab and home healthcare providers. We currently have contractual or submitter relationships, directly or through channel partners, with approximately 700,000 physicians, 2,700 hospitals, 81,000 dentists and 450 labs. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our top ten provider customers represented approximately 8% of our total revenues and no provider customer accounted for more than 2% of our total revenues.
Pharmacy Services
The pharmacy market is comprised of more than 60,000 chains and independent pharmacies, as well as prescription benefits solutions marketed directly to payers. We are connected and provide services to virtually all pharmacies utilizing electronic transaction connectivity services. For the year ended December 31, 2013, no pharmacy services customer accounted for more than 2% of our total revenues.
Marketing and Sales
Marketing activities for our payer, provider revenue cycle, ambulatory provider and pharmacy services solutions include direct sales, targeted direct marketing, advertising, tradeshow exhibits and events, customer workshops, web-based marketing activities, e-newsletters and conference sponsorships. We have a dedicated sales force that supports each of our payer, provider revenue cycle, ambulatory provider and pharmacy services segments. We also deliver certain of our solutions through over 600 channel partner relationships. Our channel partners include physician and dental practice management system and electronic medical record vendors, hospital information system vendors, pharmacy system vendors and other vendors that provide software and services to providers and payers. We integrate our solutions into these channel partners’ software solutions for distribution to their provider customers.
Our Technology
Our technology platforms employ a standard enterprise services bus in a service-oriented architecture, configured for 24/7 operations. We maintain two secure, interconnected, environmentally-controlled primary data centers, one in Nashville, Tennessee and one in Memphis, Tennessee, each with emergency power generation capabilities. We also operate several satellite data centers that we plan to consolidate over time to our two primary data centers. Our software development life cycle methodology requires that all applications are able to run in both of our primary data centers. We use a variety of proprietary and licensed standards-based technologies to implement our platforms, including those which provide for orchestration, interoperability and process control. The platforms also integrate a data infrastructure to support both transaction processing and data warehousing for operational support and data analytics.
Our Industry
Healthcare expenditures are a significant component of the United States economy, representing approximately $2.7 trillion in 2011, or 18% of GDP, and are expected to grow at 5.7% per year to $4.7 trillion, or approximately 19.5% of GDP, in 2021. The cost of healthcare administration in the United States is approximately $360 billion per year, or 14% of total healthcare expenditures, and approximately one half of these costs was spent by payers and providers on billing and insurance-related activities. In addition, industry estimates indicate that between $68 billion and $226 billion in healthcare costs are attributable to fraud, waste and abuse each year. The growing need to slow the rise in healthcare expenditures, increased financial pressures on payers and providers and public policy initiatives to reduce healthcare administrative inefficiencies should accelerate demand for solutions that simplify the business of healthcare.
8
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Payer and Provider Landscape
Healthcare is generally provided through a fragmented industry of providers that have, in many cases, historically underinvested in administrative and clinical information systems. Within this universe of providers, there are currently over 5,700 hospitals and over 560,000 office-based doctors. Approximately 73% of the office-based doctors are in small physician practices consisting of six or fewer physicians and have fewer resources to devote to administrative and financial matters compared to larger practices. In addition, providers may maintain relationships with 50 or more individual payers, many of which have customized claim requirements and reimbursement procedures. The administrative portion of healthcare costs for providers is expected to continue to expand due in part to the increasing complexity in the reimbursement process and the greater administrative burdens being placed on providers for reporting and documentation relating to the care they provide. These complexities and other factors are compounded by the fact that many providers lack the technological infrastructure and human resources to bill, collect and obtain full reimbursement for their services, and instead rely on inefficient, labor-intensive processes to perform these functions. These manual and paper-based processes are more prone to human error and administrative inefficiencies, often resulting in increased costs and uncompensated care. As a result, providers are expected to continue to seek solutions that automate and simplify the administrative and clinical processes of healthcare.
Administrative burdens on providers also are being impacted by the introduction of increasingly complex rules by government payers to align payments with the appropriate care provided, including the expansion of Medicare diagnosis-related group codes and the implementation of the Recovery Audit Contractor, or “RAC”, program and similar pre- and post-payment review programs. These additional governmental requirements have increased administrative burdens on providers by requiring more detailed classification of patients and care provided in order to receive and retain associated Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement. Further, because we believe there is an increasing number of drug prescriptions authorized by providers and an industry-wide shortage of pharmacists, pharmacists must increasingly be able to efficiently process transactions in order to maximize their productivity and better control prescription drug costs.
Increases in patient financial responsibility for healthcare expenses have put additional pressure on providers to collect payments from the patient at the point of care since more than half of every one percent increase in patient self-pay becomes bad debt. Several market trends have contributed to this growing bad debt problem, including the shift towards high-deductible health plans (“HDHPs”) and consumer-oriented plans (which grew to 15.5 million in January 2013, up from 6.1 million in January 2008), higher deductibles and co-payments for privately insured individuals and the increasing ranks of the uninsured (48 million or 15.4% of the United States population in 2011). The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (“ACA”), contains measures to reduce the number of uninsured individuals, but these provisions did not become effective until 2014.
Payers also are continually exploring new ways to increase administrative efficiencies to drive greater profitability and mitigate the impact of decelerating premium increases, increased governmental requirements and mandated cuts in federal funding to programs such as Medicare Advantage. Payment for healthcare services generally occurs through complex and frequently changing reimbursement mechanisms involving multiple parties. The proliferation of private-payer benefit plan designs and government mandates, such as HIPAA format and data content standards, continue to increase the complexity of the reimbursement process. For example, preferred provider organizations, health maintenance organizations, point of service plans and HDHPs now cover virtually all of employer-sponsored health insurance beneficiaries and are more complex than traditional indemnity plans, which covered 73% of healthcare beneficiaries in 1988. Despite significant consolidation among private payers in recent years, claims systems often have not been sufficiently integrated, resulting in persistently high costs associated with administering these plans.
The Revenue and Payment Cycle
The healthcare revenue and payment cycle consists of all the processes and efforts that providers undertake to ensure they are compensated properly by payers and patients for the medical services rendered to patients. For payers, the payment cycle includes all the processes necessary to facilitate provider compensation and use of medical services by members. These processes begin with the collection of relevant eligibility, financial and demographic information about the patient and co-pay amounts before care is provided and end with the collection of payment from payers and patients. Providers are required to send invoices, or claims, to a large number of different payers, including government agencies, managed care companies and private individuals in order to be reimbursed for the care they provide.
9
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Major steps in this process include:
| • | Pre-Care/Medical Treatment: The provider verifies insurance benefits available to the patient, ensures treatment will adhere to medical necessity guidelines and confirms patient personal financial and demographic information. For certain uninsured or underinsured populations, providers also may assist their patients with enrollment in government, charity and community benefit programs for which they may be eligible. Furthermore, in order to receive reimbursement for the care they provide, providers are often required by payers to obtain pre-authorizations before patient procedures or in advance of referring patients to specialists for care. Co-pay and other self-pay amounts are also collected. The provider then treats the patient and documents procedures conducted and resources used. |
| • | Claims Management/Adjudication: The provider prepares and submits paper or electronic claims to a payer for services rendered directly or through a clearinghouse. Before submission, claims are validated for payer-specific rules and corrected as necessary. The payer verifies accuracy, completeness and appropriateness of the claim and calculates payment based on the patient’s health plan design, out of pocket payments relative to established deductibles and the existing contract between the payer and provider. |
| • | Payment Distribution: The payer sends a payment and a payment explanation (i.e., remittance advice) to the provider and sends an EOB to the patient. |
| • | Payment Posting/Denial Management: The provider posts payments internally, reconciles payments with accounts receivable and submits any claims to secondary insurers if secondary coverage exists. The provider is responsible for evaluating denial/underpayment of a claim and re-submitting it to the payer if appropriate. |
| • | Patient Billing and Payment: The provider sends a bill to the patient for any remaining balance and posts payments received. |
Competition
We compete on the basis of the size and reach of our network, our ability to offer a single-vendor solution, the breadth and functionality of solutions we offer and develop and our pricing models. While we do not believe any single competitor offers a similarly expansive suite of solutions, our payer, provider and pharmacy services compete with:
| • | Healthcare transaction processing companies, including those providing EDI and/or internet based services and those providing services through other means, such as paper and fax; |
| • | Healthcare information system vendors that support providers and payers and their revenue and payment cycle management and clinical information exchange processes, including physician and dental practice management, hospital information and electronic medical record system vendors; |
| • | Large information technology and healthcare consulting service providers; |
| • | Health insurance companies, pharmacy benefit management companies, hospital management companies and pharmacies that provide or are developing electronic transaction and payment distribution services for use by providers and/or by their members and customers; |
| • | Print and mail vendors; |
| • | Financial institutions and payment processors that have invested in healthcare data management assets; |
| • | Government program eligibility and enrollment services companies; and |
| • | Payment integrity companies. |
10
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
We also compete in some cases with certain of our customers that provide internally some of the same solutions we offer and alliances formed by our competitors. In addition, certain major software, hardware, information systems and business process outsourcing companies, both with and without healthcare companies as their partners, offer or have announced their intention to offer competitive products or services. Major competitors for our products and/or services include McKesson (RelayHealth) and UnitedHealth Group (OptumInsight), as well as other smaller competitors that typically compete in one or more product and/or service categories.
Recent Industry Trends and Developments
Substantially all of our business is directly or indirectly related to the healthcare industry and is affected by changes in the healthcare industry, including regulatory changes and fluctuations in healthcare spending. The healthcare industry is highly regulated at the federal and state levels and subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory and other influences. Although many regulatory and governmental requirements do not directly apply to our operations, these requirements affect the business of our payer, provider and pharmacy customers and the demand for our solutions. We also may be impacted by non-healthcare laws, requirements and industry standards as a result of some of our solutions. For example, laws, regulations and industry standards regulating the banking and financial services industry may impact our operations as a result of the electronic payment and remittance services we offer directly or through third party vendors. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties affecting our business related to compliance with federal, state and other laws and regulations and other requirements, see Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report.
ACA
ACA significantly affects the regulatory environment in which we and our customers operate by changing how healthcare services are covered, delivered and reimbursed through expanded coverage of uninsured individuals, reduced federal healthcare program spending, increased efforts to link federal healthcare program payments to quality and efficiency and insurance market reforms. For example, ACA, most of which became effective January 1, 2014, expands coverage through changes in Medicaid and private sector health insurance and other reforms, including the “individual mandate,” under which individuals generally must obtain insurance coverage or pay a penalty. The ACA employer mandate, which requires firms with 50 or more full-time employees to offer health insurance or pay fines, however, was delayed until January 1, 2015 and will not be fully implemented until January 1, 2016. In addition, states may choose not to implement the ACA Medicaid expansion and a number of states have chosen this option. As a result, the full impact of ACA, including its impact on our government eligibility and enrollment services offerings, is difficult to predict due to uncertainty regarding how many states will ultimately implement the Medicaid expansion, as well as the law’s complexity, lack of implementing regulations or interpretive guidance, remaining or new court challenges, implementation issues and the possibility of further delays, amendment or repeal.
Adoption of Healthcare Information Systems
We believe recent federal initiatives to control the rising cost of healthcare through the elimination of administrative and clinical inefficiencies will increase payer and provider adoption of healthcare information systems and increase the demand for our revenue and payment cycle and information exchange solutions. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) included approximately $19 billion in federal subsidies that began in 2011 for eligible hospitals and eligible professionals that adopt and meaningfully use certified electronic health record (“EHR”) technology. The “meaningful use” standard requires providers to successfully capture and exchange electronic clinical healthcare information, such as electronic prescriptions and lab orders. Beginning in 2015, eligible hospitals and eligible professionals who fail to attest to the meaningful use of EHR technology will face reductions in Medicare payments. In addition to initiatives supporting the meaningful use of EHR technology, federal law also provides for an electronic prescribing incentive program that uses a combination of Medicare incentive payments and payment adjustments to encourage electronic prescribing by eligible professionals. The goal of these initiatives is, in part, to establish the capability to electronically move clinical information among disparate healthcare information systems to help improve patient outcomes.
11
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Moreover, the integration of EHR technology with computerized physician order entry applications, such as electronic prescribing, may promote greater use of electronic transactions. Industry estimates indicate that only approximately 44% of all prescriptions are currently transmitted electronically. As a result, we believe that increasing provider adoption of electronic prescribing will continue to make it one of the fastest growing transaction types in our industry.
Implementation of Electronic Standardized Transactions
A key component of recent healthcare reform initiatives is a focus on reducing inefficiency and increasing quality of care through administrative simplification and the adoption of electronic commerce in the healthcare industry. HIPAA and its implementing regulations mandate format, data content and provider identifier standards for certain electronic healthcare transactions, including claims, enrollment, payment and eligibility inquiries. In addition, ACA requires the adoption of additional standardized electronic transactions and provides for the creation of operating rules to promote uniformity in the implementation of each standardized electronic transaction. Many of our solutions are designed to assist our customers in complying with these requirements.
Industry sources estimate that the implementation of electronic processing, including electronic processing of claims submissions, eligibility inquiries and requests, claims status requests, payment and remittance transactions, as well as taking other steps to streamline administrative processes, could provide approximately $40 billion annually in administrative cost savings. Payers and providers who are unable to exchange data in the required standard formats can achieve transaction standards compliance by contracting with a clearinghouse like us to translate between standard and non-standard formats. Under ACA, payers and service contractors of payers, including, in some cases, us, are required to certify compliance with these transaction standards to the United States Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”). The compliance date for the certification requirement depends on the type of transaction, beginning with the earliest certification date of December 31, 2015. Our solutions have allowed numerous payers and providers to establish compliance with the transaction standards independently and at different times, reducing transition costs and risks. We continue to work with payers and providers, healthcare information system vendors and other healthcare constituents to implement fully the transaction standards.
False or Fraudulent Claim Laws
Numerous state and federal laws govern various substantive aspects of the healthcare claims submission process for reimbursement and the receipt of payments for healthcare items or services. These laws generally prohibit an individual or entity from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented claims for payment to Medicare, Medicaid or other third party payers that are false or fraudulent. False or fraudulent claims include, but are not limited to, billing for services not rendered, failing to refund known overpayments, misrepresenting actual services rendered in order to obtain higher reimbursement and improper coding and billing for medically unnecessary goods and services. The application of these provisions is very broad and the federal False Claims Act (“FCA”) and state false claims laws provide for significant civil and criminal penalties. In addition, the FCA and some state false claims laws can be enforced by private individuals through “whistleblower” or qui tam actions on behalf of the government. To avoid liability, providers and their contractors must, among other things, carefully and accurately code and submit claims for reimbursement.
Industry estimates indicate that between $68 billion and $226 billion in healthcare costs are attributable to fraud, waste and abuse each year. We believe our historical claims data, combined with our healthcare payment integrity services, positions us to benefit from government proposals to promote cost effective healthcare and reduce fraud, waste and abuse and our customers’ initiatives designed to promote the detection and prevention of improper or fraudulent healthcare payments.
Reductions in Government Healthcare Spending
In recent years, legislative and regulatory changes have limited, and in some cases reduced, the levels of payment that our customers receive for various services under the Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. In some cases, commercial payers base their payment rates on Medicare policy, and therefore, adjustments that negatively impact Medicare payments also may negatively impact payments received by healthcare providers from other payers. ACA provides for
12
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
significant federal healthcare program spending reductions through 2019, including reductions in Medicare payments to most healthcare providers and Medicare Advantage plans. In addition to reductions required by ACA, the Budget Control Act of 2011 (the “BCA”) requires automatic spending reductions of $1.2 trillion for federal fiscal years 2013 through 2021, minus any deficit reductions enacted by Congress and debt service costs. Under the BCA, the percentage reduction for Medicare may not be more than 2% for a fiscal year, with a uniform percentage reduction across all Medicare programs. The Medicaid program, however, is not included in the reductions. The BCA-mandated spending reductions began on April 1, 2013 for the Medicare program and March 1, 2013 for other impacted programs. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013 extends these reductions through 2023. The President and Congress continue to consider deficit reduction measures and other changes to government healthcare programs that could adversely affect our customers and, as a result, our Company.
Our Intellectual Property
We rely upon a combination of trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, nondisclosure agreements and technical measures to protect the intellectual property used in our business. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers. We also seek to control access to and distribution of our technology, documentation and other proprietary information.
We use numerous trademarks, trade names and service marks for our solutions. We also rely on a variety of intellectual property rights that we license from third parties. Although we believe that alternative technologies are generally available to replace such licensed intellectual property, these third party technologies may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms.
We also have several patents and patent applications covering solutions we provide, including software applications. Due to the nature of our applications, we believe that patent protection is less significant than our ability to further develop, enhance and modify our current solutions.
The steps we have taken to protect our copyrights, trademarks, servicemarks and other intellectual property may not be adequate, and third parties could infringe, misappropriate or misuse our intellectual property. If this were to occur, it could harm our reputation and adversely affect our competitive position or results of operations.
Our Employees
As of March 1, 2014, we had approximately 4,000 employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.
13
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| ITEM 1A. | RISK FACTORS |
Overview
You should consider carefully the specific risks and uncertainties described below, and all information contained in this Annual Report, in evaluating our Company and our business. The occurrence of any of the following risks or uncertainties described below could significantly and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
Risks Related to our Business
We face significant competition for our solutions.
The markets for our various solutions are intensely competitive, continually evolving and, in some cases, subject to rapid technological change. We face competition from many healthcare information systems companies and other technology companies within segments of the healthcare information technology and services markets. We also compete with certain of our customers that provide internally some of the same solutions that we offer. Our key competitors include: (i) healthcare transaction processing companies, including those providing EDI, and/or internet-based services and those providing services through other means, such as paper and fax; (ii) healthcare information system vendors that support providers and payers and their revenue and payment cycle management and clinical information exchange processes, including physician and dental practice management, hospital information and electronic medical record system vendors; (iii) large information technology and healthcare consulting service providers; (iv) health insurance companies, pharmacy benefit management companies, hospital management companies and pharmacies that provide or are developing electronic transaction and payment distribution services for use by providers and/or by their members and customers; (v) print and mail vendors; (vi) financial institutions and payment processors that have invested in healthcare data management assets; (vii) government program eligibility and enrollment services companies; and (viii) payment integrity companies. In addition, major software, hardware, information systems and business process outsourcing companies, both with and without healthcare companies as their partners, offer or have announced their intention to offer products or services that are competitive with solutions that we offer.
Within certain of the markets in which we operate, we face competition from entities that are significantly larger and have greater financial resources than we do and have established reputations for success. Other companies have targeted these markets for growth, including by developing new technologies utilizing internet-based systems. We may not be able to compete successfully with these companies and these or other competitors may commercialize products, services or technologies that render our products, services or technologies obsolete or less marketable.
Some of our customers compete with us and some, instead of using a third party provider, perform internally some of the same services that we offer.
Some of our existing customers compete with us or may plan to do so or belong to alliances that compete with us or plan to do so, either with respect to the same solutions we provide to them or with respect to some of our other lines of business. For example, some of our payer customers currently offer — through affiliated clearinghouses, web portals and other means — electronic data transmission services to providers that allow the provider to bypass third party EDI service providers such as us, and additional payers may do so in the future. The ability of payers to replicate our solutions may adversely affect the terms and conditions we are able to negotiate in our agreements with them and our transaction volume with them, which directly relates to our revenues. We may not be able to maintain our existing relationships for connectivity services with payers or develop new relationships on satisfactory terms, if at all. In addition, some of our solutions allow payers and providers to outsource business processes that they have been or could be performing internally and, in order for us to be able to compete, use of our solutions must be more efficient for them than use of internal resources.
14
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
If we are unable to retain our existing customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.
Our success depends substantially upon the retention of our customers, particularly due to our transaction-based, recurring revenue model. We may not be able to retain some of our existing customers if we are unable to continue to provide solutions that our payer customers believe enable them to achieve improved efficiencies and cost-effectiveness, and that our provider and pharmacy customers believe allow them to more effectively manage their revenue cycle, increase reimbursement rates and improve cash flows. We also may not be able to retain customers if our electronic and/or paper-based solutions contain errors or otherwise fail to perform properly, if our pricing structure is no longer competitive or upon expiration of our contracts. Historically, we have enjoyed high customer retention rates; however, we may not be able to maintain high retention rates in the future. Our transaction-based, recurring revenues depend in part upon maintaining this high customer retention rate, and if we are unable to maintain our historically high customer retention rate, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.
If we are unable to connect to a large number of payers and providers, our solutions would be limited and less desirable to our customers.
Our business largely depends upon our ability to connect electronically to a substantial number of payers, such as insurance companies, Medicare and Medicaid agencies and pharmacy benefit managers, and providers, such as hospitals, physicians, dentists, laboratories and pharmacies. The attractiveness of some of the solutions we offer to providers, such as our claims management and submission services, depends in part on our ability to connect to a large number of payers, which allows us to streamline and simplify workflows for providers. These connections either may be made directly or through a clearinghouse. We may not be able to maintain our links with a large number of payers on terms satisfactory to us and we may not be able to develop new connections, either directly or through other clearinghouses, on satisfactory terms. The failure to maintain these connections could cause our solutions to be less attractive to our provider customers. In addition, our payer customers view our connections to a large number of providers as essential in allowing them to receive a high volume of transactions and realize the resulting cost efficiencies through the use of our solutions. Our failure to maintain existing connections with payers, providers and other clearinghouses or to develop new connections as circumstances warrant, or an increase in the utilization of direct links between payers and providers, could cause our electronic transaction processing systems to be less desirable to healthcare constituents, which would reduce the number of transactions that we process and for which we are paid, resulting in a decrease in revenues and an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
The failure to maintain our relationships with our channel partners or significant changes in the terms of the agreements we have with them may have an adverse effect on our ability to successfully market our solutions.
We have entered into contracts with our channel partners to market and sell some of our solutions. Most of these contracts are on a non-exclusive basis. However, under contracts with some of our channel partners, we may be bound by provisions that restrict our ability to market and sell our solutions to potential customers. Our arrangements with some of these channel partners involve negotiated payments to them based on percentages of revenues they generate. If the payments prove to be too high, we may be unable to realize acceptable margins, but if the payments prove to be too low, the channel partners may not be motivated to produce a sufficient volume of revenues. The success of these contractual arrangements will depend in part upon the channel partners’ own competitive, marketing and strategic considerations, including the relative advantages of using alternative products being developed and marketed by them or our competitors. If any of these channel partners are unsuccessful in marketing our solutions or seek to amend the financial or other terms of the contracts we have with them, we will need to broaden our marketing efforts to increase focus on the solutions they sell and alter our distribution strategy, which may divert our planned efforts and resources from other projects. In addition, as part of the packages these channel partners sell, they may offer a choice to their customers between solutions that we supply and similar solutions offered by our competitors or by the channel partners directly. If our solutions are not chosen for inclusion in these packages, the revenues we earn from our channel partner relationships will decrease. Lastly, we could be subject to claims and liability, as a result of the activities, products or services of these channel partners or other resellers of our solutions. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, investigating and defending these claims could be expensive, time-consuming and result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.
15
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Our business and future success may depend on our ability to cross-sell our solutions.
Our ability to generate revenue and growth partly depends on our ability to cross-sell our solutions to our existing customers and new customers. We expect our ability to successfully cross-sell our solutions will be one of the most significant factors influencing our growth. We may not be successful in cross-selling our solutions because our customers may find our additional solutions unnecessary or unattractive. Our failure to sell additional solutions to existing customers could affect our ability to grow our business.
We have faced and will continue to face pressure to reduce our prices, which may reduce our margins, profitability and competitive position.
As electronic transaction processing further penetrates the healthcare market or becomes highly standardized, competition among electronic transaction processors is increasingly focused on pricing. This competition has placed, and could place further pressure on us to reduce our prices in order to retain market share. If we are unable to reduce our costs sufficiently to offset declines in our prices, or if we are unable to introduce new innovative offerings with higher margins, our results of operations could decline.
In addition, many healthcare industry constituents are consolidating to create integrated healthcare delivery systems with greater market power. As provider networks, such as hospitals, and payer organizations, such as private insurance companies, consolidate, competition to provide the types of solutions we provide may become more intense and the importance of establishing and maintaining relationships with key healthcare industry constituents could become more significant. These healthcare industry constituents have, in the past, and may, in the future, try to use their market power to negotiate price reductions for our solutions. If we are forced to reduce prices, our margins will decrease and our results of operations will decline, unless we are able to achieve corresponding reductions in expenses.
Our ability to generate revenue could suffer if we do not continue to update and improve our existing solutions and develop new ones.
We must improve the functionality of our existing solutions in a timely manner and introduce new and valuable healthcare information technology and service solutions in order to respond to technological and regulatory developments and, thereby, retain existing customers and attract new ones. For example, from time to time, government agencies may alter format and data code requirements applicable to electronic transactions. In addition, our customers sometimes request that our solutions be customized to satisfy particular security protocols, modifications and other contractual terms in excess of industry norms and our standard configurations. These customer imposed requirements may impact the profitability of particular solutions and customer engagements. We may not be successful in responding to technological and regulatory developments or changing customer needs. The pace of change in the markets we serve is rapid, and there are frequent new product and service introductions by our competitors and channel partners who use our solutions in their offerings. If we do not respond successfully to technological and regulatory changes, as well as evolving industry standards and customer demands, our solutions may become obsolete. Technological changes also may result in the offering of competitive solutions at lower prices than we are charging for our solutions, which could result in our losing sales unless we lower the prices we charge. If we do lower our prices on some of our solutions, we will need to increase our margins on these solutions in order to maintain our overall profitability. In addition, the solutions we develop or license may not be able to compete with the alternatives available to our customers.
Our business will suffer if we fail to successfully integrate acquired businesses and technologies or to appropriately assess the risks in particular transactions.
We have historically acquired and, in the future, plan to acquire, businesses, technologies, services, product lines and other assets. The successful integration of any businesses and assets we acquire into our operations, on a cost-effective basis, can be critical to our future performance. The amount and timing of the expected benefits of any acquisition, including potential synergies, are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those relating to:
16
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| • | our ability to maintain relationships with the customers of the acquired business; |
| • | our ability to cross-sell solutions to customers with which we have established relationships and those with which the acquired businesses have established relationships; |
| • | our ability to retain or replace key personnel of the acquired business; |
| • | potential conflicts in payer, provider, pharmacy, vendor or marketing relationships; |
| • | our ability to coordinate organizations that are geographically diverse and may have different business cultures; and |
| • | compliance with regulatory and other requirements. |
We cannot guarantee that any acquired businesses will be successfully integrated with our operations in a timely or cost-effective manner, or at all. Failure to successfully integrate acquired businesses or to achieve anticipated operating synergies, revenue enhancements or cost savings could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although our management attempts to evaluate the risks inherent in each transaction and to evaluate acquisition candidates appropriately, we may not properly ascertain all such risks and the acquired businesses and assets may not perform as we expect or enhance the value of our company as a whole. Acquired companies or businesses also may have larger than expected liabilities that are not covered by the indemnification, if any, that we are able to obtain from the sellers. Furthermore, the historical financial statements of the companies we have acquired or may acquire in the future are prepared by management of such companies and are not independently verified by our management. In addition, any pro forma financial statements prepared by us to give effect to such acquisitions may not accurately reflect the results of operations of such companies that would have been achieved had the acquisition of such entities been completed at the beginning of the applicable periods. Finally, there are no assurances that we will continue to acquire businesses at valuations consistent with our prior acquisitions or that we will complete acquisitions at all.
Achieving market acceptance of new or updated solutions is necessary in order for them to become profitable and will likely require significant efforts and expenditures.
Our future financial results will depend in part on whether our new or updated solutions receive sufficient customer acceptance. These solutions include, without limitation:
| • | electronic billing, payment and remittance services for payers and providers that complement our existing paper-based patient billing and payment and payment distribution services; |
| • | electronic prescriptions from healthcare providers to pharmacies and pharmacy benefit managers; |
| • | our other pre- and post-adjudication services for payers and providers; |
| • | payment integrity and fraud, waste and abuse services for payers and providers; |
| • | government program eligibility and enrollment services for providers; |
| • | accounts receivable management, denial management, appeals and collection improvement services for providers; |
| • | healthcare and information technology consulting services for payers; and |
| • | decision support, clinical information exchange or other business intelligence solutions. |
17
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Achieving market acceptance for new or updated solutions is likely to require substantial marketing efforts and expenditure of significant funds to create awareness and demand by constituents in the healthcare industry. In addition, deployment of new or updated solutions may require the use of additional resources for training our existing sales force and customer service personnel and for hiring and training additional salespersons and customer service personnel. Failure to achieve broad penetration in target markets with respect to new or updated solutions could have an adverse effect on our business prospects and financial results.
An economic downturn or volatility could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The United States economy has experienced significant economic uncertainty and volatility during recent years. A weakening of economic conditions could lead to reductions in demand for our solutions. For example, our revenues can be adversely affected by the impact of lower healthcare utilization trends driven by high unemployment and other economic factors. Further, weakened economic conditions or a recession could reduce the amount of income patients are able to spend on healthcare services. As a result, patients may elect to delay or forgo seeking healthcare services, which could further reduce healthcare utilization and our transaction volumes or decrease payer and provider demand for our solutions. Also, high unemployment rates could cause commercial payer membership to decline which also could lessen healthcare utilization and decrease our transaction volumes. In addition, as a result of volatile or uncertain economic conditions, we may experience the negative effects of increased financial pressures on our payer and provider customers. For instance, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted by increased competitive pricing pressure and a decline in our customers’ credit worthiness, which could result in us incurring increased bad debt expense. If we are not able to timely and appropriately adapt to changes resulting from a weak economic environment, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.
There are increased risks of performance problems during times when we are making significant changes to our solutions or to systems we use to provide services. In addition, implementation of our solutions and cost savings initiatives may cost more, may not provide the benefits expected, may take longer than anticipated or may increase the risk of performance problems.
In order to respond to technological and regulatory changes and evolving industry standards, our solutions must be continually updated and enhanced. The software and systems that we use to provide services are inherently complex and, despite testing and quality control, we cannot be certain that errors will not be found in any changes, enhancements, updates and new versions that we market or use. Even if new or modified solutions do not have performance problems, our technical and customer service personnel may have difficulties in installing them or in providing any necessary training and support to customers.
Implementation of changes in our technology and systems may cost more or take longer than originally expected and may require more testing than initially anticipated. While new hardware and software will be tested before it is used in production, we cannot be sure that the testing will uncover all problems that may occur in actual use. If significant problems occur as a result of these changes, we may fail to meet our contractual obligations to customers, which could result in claims being made against us or in the loss of customer relationships. In addition, changes in our technology and systems may not provide the additional functionality or other benefits that were expected.
In addition, we also periodically implement efficiency measures and other cost saving initiatives to improve our operating performance. These efficiency measures and other cost saving initiatives may not provide the benefits anticipated or do so in the time frame expected. Implementation of these measures also may increase the risk of performance problems due to unforeseen impacts on our organization, systems and processes.
18
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Disruptions in service or damages to our data or other operation centers, or other software or systems failures, could adversely affect our business.
Our data centers and operation centers are essential to our business. Our operations depend on our ability to maintain and protect our computer systems, many of which are located in our primary data centers that we operate in Memphis and Nashville, Tennessee. We have consolidated several satellite data centers to our primary data centers and plan to continue such consolidation. Our business and results of operations are also highly dependent on our print and mail operations, which are primarily conducted in Bridgeton, Missouri and Toledo, Ohio. We conduct business continuity planning and maintain insurance against fires, floods, other natural disasters and general business interruptions to mitigate the adverse effects of a disruption, relocation or change in operating environment; however, the situations we plan for and the amount of insurance coverage may not be adequate in any particular case. The occurrence of any of these events could result in interruptions, delays or cessations in service to users of our solutions, which could impair or prohibit our ability to provide our solutions, reduce the attractiveness of our solutions to our customers and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
We also rely on a limited number of suppliers and contractors to provide us with a variety of solutions, including telecommunications and data processing services necessary for our transaction services and processing functions and software developers for the development and maintenance of certain software products we use to provide our solutions. If these suppliers do not fulfill their contractual obligations or choose to discontinue their products or services, our business and operations could be disrupted, our brand and reputation could be harmed and our financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.
If the security measures protecting our information technology systems are breached or fail, we could be subject to liability, and customers may curtail or stop using our solutions.
Our business relies to a significant degree upon the secure electronic transmission, use and storage of sensitive information, including personal health information, financial information and other confidential data. Despite the implementation of security measures, our infrastructure, data centers and systems that we interface with, including the internet and related systems, may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, hackers, improper employee or contractor access, computer viruses, programming errors, denial-of-service attacks, terrorist attacks or other attacks by third parties or similar disruptive problems. We cannot predict whether our security measures will be adequate to prevent all possible security threats. Any of these events, including the unauthorized access, misappropriation, disclosure or loss of sensitive information, including financial or personal health information, or a significant disruption of our network, could adversely affect our ability to provide our solutions and fulfill contractual demands, could require us to devote significant financial and other resources to mitigate such problems and could increase our future security costs, including through organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, further training of employees and engaging third party experts and consultants. Moreover, unauthorized access, use or disclosure of certain confidential information in our possession could result in civil or criminal liability or regulatory action, including potential fines and penalties, as well as costs relating to required notifications, credit monitoring services and other necessary expenses. In addition, any actual or perceived breach of our security measures may deter customers from using or purchasing our solutions in the future. The occurrence of any of these events could disrupt our business and operations or harm our brand and reputation, either of which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
Recently, there have been a number of high profile security breaches involving the improper dissemination of personal information of individuals both within and outside of the healthcare industry. Lawsuits resulting from these security breaches have sought significant monetary damages, although many of these suits have yet to be resolved. While we maintain liability insurance coverage, claims could exceed the amount of our applicable insurance coverage, if any, or this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or in sufficient amounts.
We may be liable to our customers and may lose customers if we provide poor service, if our solutions do not comply with our agreements or if our software solutions or transmission systems contain errors or experience failures.
We must meet our customers’ service level expectations and our contractual obligations with respect to our solutions. Failure to do so could subject us to liability, as well as cause us to lose customers. In some cases, we rely upon third party contractors to assist us in providing our solutions. Our ability to meet our contractual obligations and customer expectations may be impacted by the performance of our third party contractors and their ability to comply with applicable laws and regulations. For example, our electronic payment and remittance solutions depend in part on the ability of our vendors to comply with applicable banking, financial service and payment card industry requirements and their failure to do so could cause an interruption in the solutions we provide or require us to seek alternative solutions or relationships.
19
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Errors in the software and systems we use to provide services to customers also could cause serious problems for our customers. In addition, because of the large amount of data we collect and manage, it is possible that hardware failures and errors in our systems would result in data loss or corruption or cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies that our customers could regard as significant. For example, errors in our transaction processing systems can result in payers paying the wrong amount, making payments to the wrong payee or delaying payments. Since some of our solutions relate to laboratory ordering and reporting and electronic prescriptions, an error in our systems also could result in injury to a patient. If problems like these occur, our customers may seek compensation from us or may seek to terminate their agreements with us, withhold payments due to us, seek refunds from us of part or all of the fees charged under our agreements, request a loan or advancement of funds or initiate litigation or other dispute resolution procedures. In addition, we may be subject to claims against us by others affected by any such problems.
Our activities and the activities of our third party contractors involve the storage, use and transmission of financial and personal health information. Accordingly, security breaches of our or their computer systems or at our print and mail operation centers could expose us to a risk of loss or litigation, government enforcement actions and contractual liabilities. We cannot be certain that contractual provisions attempting to limit our liability in these areas will be successful or enforceable, or that other parties will accept such contractual provisions as part of our agreements. Any security breaches also could impact our ability to provide our solutions, as well as impact the confidence of our customers in our solutions, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We attempt to limit, by contract, our liability for damages arising from our negligence, errors, mistakes or security breaches. However, contractual limitations on liability may not be enforceable or may otherwise not provide sufficient protection to us from liability for damages. We maintain liability insurance coverage, including coverage for errors and omissions. It is possible, however, that claims could exceed the amount of our applicable insurance coverage, if any, or that this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or in sufficient amounts. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, investigating and defending against them could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our operations. In addition, negative publicity caused by these events may negatively impact market acceptance of our solutions, including unrelated solutions, or may harm our reputation and our business.
Recent and future developments in the healthcare industry could adversely affect our business.
Almost all of our revenue is either derived from the healthcare industry or could be affected by changes in healthcare spending. The healthcare industry is highly regulated and subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory and other influences. For example, ACA changes how healthcare services are covered, delivered and reimbursed through expanded coverage of uninsured individuals, reduced Medicare program spending and insurance market reforms. Most of the provisions of ACA that increase health insurance coverage became effective in 2014, including the Medicaid expansion, establishment of health insurance exchanges to facilitate the purchase of health insurance by individuals and small employers and imposing penalties on individuals who do not obtain health insurance. ACA’s employer mandate, which will require firms with 50 or more full-time employees to offer health insurance or pay fines, however, has been delayed until January 1, 2015 and will not be fully implemented until January 1, 2016. Because states may opt out of the Medicaid expansion provisions, the number of states that will ultimately participate and under what terms is not clear. ACA insurance market reforms include increased dependent coverage, prohibitions on excluding individuals based on pre-existing conditions and mandated minimum medical loss ratios for health plans. In addition, ACA provides for significant new taxes, including an industry user tax paid by health insurance companies, as well as an excise tax on health insurers and employers offering high cost health coverage plans. ACA also imposes significant Medicare Advantage funding cuts and material reductions to Medicare and Medicaid program spending. ACA further provides for additional resources to combat healthcare fraud, waste and abuse and also requires HHS to adopt additional standards for electronic transactions and to establish operating rules to promote uniformity in the implementation of each standardized electronic transaction.
While many of the provisions of ACA are not directly applicable to us, ACA will affect the business of our payer, provider and pharmacy customers and the Medicaid programs of the states with which we have contracts. The provisions of ACA that are designed to expand health coverage potentially could result in an overall increase in transactions for our business and demand for our solutions; however, our customers may attempt to reduce spending to offset the increased costs associated with meeting the various ACA insurance market reforms. Likewise, as the Medicare payment reductions and other reimbursement changes impact our customers, our customers may attempt to seek price concessions from us or reduce their use of our solutions. Thus, ACA may result in a reduction of expenditures by customers or potential customers in the healthcare industry, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, we may experience increased costs from responding to new standardized transaction and implementation rules and our customers’ needs. In addition, several states have announced their intent not to participate in the Medicaid expansion and are considering, or may consider, legislative proposals that could affect our business or that of our customers. As a result, the full impact of ACA, including its impact on our government eligibility and enrollment services offerings, is difficult to predict due to uncertainty regarding how many states will ultimately implement the Medicaid expansion, as well as the law’s complexity, lack of implementing regulations or interpretive guidance, remaining or new court challenges, implementation issues and the possibility of further delays, amendments or repeal.
20
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Moreover, there are currently numerous federal, state and private initiatives and studies seeking ways to increase the use of information technology in healthcare as a means of improving care and reducing costs. For example, ARRA included approximately $19 billion in federal subsidies that began in 2011 for eligible hospitals and eligible professionals that adopt and meaningfully use certified EHR technology. These initiatives may result in additional or costly legal or regulatory requirements that are applicable to us and our customers, may encourage more companies to enter our markets, may provide advantages to our competitors and may result in the development of technology solutions that compete with ours. Any such initiatives also may result in a reduction of expenditures by customers or potential customers in the healthcare industry, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
In addition, other general reductions in expenditures by healthcare industry constituents could result from, among other things:
| • | government regulation or private initiatives that affect the manner in which providers interact with patients, payers or other healthcare industry constituents, including changes in pricing or means of delivery of healthcare solutions; |
| • | reductions in governmental funding for healthcare, in addition to reductions required by ACA, such as reductions resulting from the BCA, which requires automatic spending reductions of $1.2 trillion for federal fiscal years 2013 through 2021, minus any deficit reductions enacted by Congress and debt service costs, and the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013, which extends these cuts through 2023; and |
| • | adverse changes in business or economic conditions affecting payers, providers, pharmaceutical companies, medical device manufacturers or other healthcare industry constituents. |
Even if general expenditures by healthcare industry constituents remain the same or increase, other developments in the healthcare industry may result in reduced spending on information technology and services or in some or all of the specific markets we serve or are planning to serve. In addition, our customers’ expectations regarding pending or potential healthcare industry developments also may affect their budgeting processes and spending plans with respect to the types of solutions we provide. For example, use of our solutions could be affected by:
| • | changes in the billing patterns of providers; |
| • | changes in the design of health insurance plans; |
| • | changes in the contracting methods payers use in their relationships with providers; |
| • | decreases in marketing expenditures by pharmaceutical companies or medical device manufacturers, as a result of governmental regulation or private initiatives that discourage or prohibit promotional activities by pharmaceutical or medical device companies; and |
| • | successful implementation of government programs that streamline and standardize eligibility enrollment processes could result in decreased pricing or demand for our eligibility and enrollment solutions. |
The healthcare industry has changed significantly in recent years, and we expect that significant changes will continue to occur. The timing and impact of developments in the healthcare industry are difficult to predict. Furthermore, we are unable to predict how providers, payers, pharmacies and other healthcare market participants will respond to the various reform provisions contained in ACA, some of which are not yet fully implemented and could be further delayed, repealed or blocked. We cannot be sure that the markets for our solutions will continue to exist at current levels or that we will have adequate technical, financial and marketing resources to react to changes in those markets.
Government regulation, industry standards and other requirements creates risks and challenges with respect to our compliance efforts and our business strategies.
The healthcare industry is highly regulated and subject to frequently changing regulatory and other requirements. Many healthcare laws and regulations are complex, and their application to specific services and relationships may not be clear. Because our customers are required to comply with these requirements, we may be impacted as a result of our contractual obligations even when we are not directly subject to them. For many of these requirements, there is little history of regulatory or judicial interpretation upon which to rely. In particular, many existing healthcare laws and regulations, when enacted, did not anticipate the healthcare information solutions that we provide, and these laws and regulations may be applied to our solutions in ways that we do not anticipate. ACA and other federal and state efforts to reform or revise aspects of the
21
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
healthcare industry or to revise or create additional statutory and regulatory requirements could impact our operations, the use of our solutions and our ability to market new solutions, or could create unexpected liabilities for us. We also may be impacted by non-healthcare laws, industry standards and other requirements as a result of some of our solutions. For example, laws, regulations and industry standards regulating the banking and financial services industry may impact our operations as a result of the electronic payment and remittance services we offer directly or through third party vendors. We are unable to predict what changes to laws, regulations and other requirements might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business or the costs of compliance.
We have attempted to structure our operations to comply with legal and other requirements applicable to us directly and to our customers and third party contractors, but there can be no assurance that our operations will not be challenged or impacted by enforcement initiatives. Any determination by a court or agency that our solutions violate, or cause our customers to violate, applicable laws, regulations or other requirements could subject us or our customers to civil or criminal penalties. Such a determination also could require us to change or terminate portions of our business, disqualify us from serving customers who are or do business with government entities or cause us to refund some or all of our service fees or otherwise compensate our customers. In addition, failure to satisfy laws, regulations or other requirements could adversely affect demand for our solutions and could force us to expend significant capital, research and development and other resources to address the failure. Even an unsuccessful challenge by regulatory and other authorities or private whistleblowers could result in loss of business, exposure to adverse publicity and injury to our reputation and could adversely affect our ability to retain and attract customers. Laws, regulations and other requirements impacting our operations include the following:
| • | HIPAA Privacy and Security Requirements. There are numerous federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personal health information. In particular, regulations promulgated pursuant to HIPAA establish privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information (known as “protected health information”) and require the implementation of administrative, physical and technological safeguards to protect the privacy of protected health information and ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic protected health information. We are directly subject to the HIPAA privacy and security regulations as a “Covered Entity” with respect to our operations as a healthcare clearinghouse and, as a result of ARRA, are directly subject to certain provisions of the regulations as a “Business Associate” through our relationships with customers. In January 2013, HHS published a final rule implementing many provisions of ARRA (the “HHS Final Rule”). Among other things, this rule required revisions to many of our business associate agreements with customers and our subcontractors. Compliance with this rule generally was required beginning September 23, 2013, except that existing business associate agreements may qualify for an extended compliance date of September 23, 2014. |
The privacy regulations established under HIPAA also provide patients with rights related to understanding and controlling how their health information is used and disclosed. To the extent permitted by applicable privacy regulations and our contracts with our customers, we may use and disclose protected health information to perform our services and for other limited purposes, such as creating de-identified information, but other uses and disclosures, such as marketing communications, require written authorization from the individual or must meet an exception specified under the privacy regulations. Determining whether data has been sufficiently de-identified to comply with the HIPAA privacy standards and our contractual obligations may require complex factual and statistical analyses and may be subject to interpretation.
If we are unable to properly protect the privacy and security of protected health information entrusted to us, we could be found to have breached our contracts with our customers. Further, if we fail to comply with applicable HIPAA privacy and security standards, we could face civil and criminal penalties. ARRA also increased the penalties for HIPAA violations and strengthened the enforcement provisions of HIPAA. HHS has the discretion to impose penalties without being required to attempt to resolve violations through informal means, such as implementing a corrective
22
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
action plan, and is required to perform compliance audits, which may result in increased enforcement activity. Although we have implemented and maintain policies and processes to assist us in complying with these regulations and our contractual obligations, we cannot provide assurance regarding how these standards will be interpreted, enforced or applied to our operations.
| • | Other Privacy and Security Requirements. In addition to HIPAA, numerous other state and federal laws govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to and confidentiality of personal health information and healthcare provider information. Some states also are considering new laws and regulations that further protect the confidentiality, privacy and security of medical records or other types of medical information. In many cases, these state laws are not preempted by the HIPAA privacy standards and may be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities. Further, the United States Congress and a number of states have considered or are considering prohibitions or limitations on the disclosure of medical or other information to individuals or entities located outside of the United States. |
| • | Data Protection and Breaches. In recent years, there have been a number of well-publicized data breaches involving the improper dissemination of personal information of individuals both within and outside of the healthcare industry. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals. In many cases, these laws are limited to electronic data, but states are increasingly enacting or considering stricter and broader requirements. Under ARRA, Covered Entities must report breaches of unsecured protected health information to affected individuals without unreasonable delay but not to exceed 60 days following discovery of the breach by a Covered Entity or its agents. Notification also must be made to HHS and, in certain circumstances involving large breaches, to the media. Business Associates must report breaches of unsecured protected health information to Covered Entities within 60 days of discovery of the breach by the Business Associate or its agents. As a result of changes made by the HHS Final Rule, a non-permitted use or disclosure is presumed to be a breach unless the Covered Entity or Business Associate establishes that there is a low probability the protected health information has been compromised. This presumption and the standard for determining whether a non-permitted use or disclosure constitutes a breach will likely result in a greater number of incidents involving the non-permitted use and disclosure of unsecured protected health information being classified as breaches and, thus, a greater number of required notifications. |
In addition, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) has prosecuted certain data breach cases as unfair and deceptive acts or practices under the Federal Trade Commission Act. Further, by regulation, the FTC requires creditors, which may include some of our customers, to implement identity theft prevention programs to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft in connection with customer accounts. Although Congress passed legislation that restricts the definition of “creditor” and exempts many healthcare providers from complying with this rule, we may be required to apply additional resources to our existing process to assist our affected customers in complying with this rule.
We have implemented and maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all personal data and have processes in place to assist us in complying with all applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data and properly responding to any security breaches or incidents; however, we cannot be sure that these safeguards are adequate to protect all personal data or assist us in complying with all applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of personal data and responding to any security breaches or incidents.
23
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| • | HIPAA Transaction and Identifier Standards. HIPAA and its implementing regulations mandate format and data content standards and provider identifier standards (known as the National Provider Identifier) that must be used in certain electronic transactions, such as claims, payment advice and eligibility inquiries. As required by ACA, HHS has established standards that health plans must use for electronic fund transfers with providers, has established operating rules for certain transactions and is in the process of establishing operating rules to promote uniformity in the implementation of the remaining types of covered transactions. ACA also requires HHS to establish standards for health claims attachment transactions. Further, HHS has published a final rule adopting updated standard code sets for diagnoses and procedures known as the ICD-10 code sets. The use of the ICD-10 code sets is required by October 1, 2014. |
HHS has established a unique health plan identifier that health plans must obtain by November 5, 2014 and that Covered Entities must use to identify health plans in standardized transactions beginning on November 7, 2016. HHS also has established an “other entity identifier” that entities involved in healthcare transactions that are not health plans, providers or individuals may opt to obtain and use.
Although our systems are capable of transmitting transactions that comply with requirements currently in effect, we will be required to modify our systems to accommodate new requirements. We have been modifying and will continue to modify our systems and processes to prepare for and implement changes to the transaction standards, code sets operating rules and identifier requirements; however, we may not be successful in responding to these changes and any responsive changes we make to our systems and software may result in errors or otherwise negatively impact our service levels. In addition, the compliance dates for ICD-10 code sets, new or modified transaction standards, operating rules and identifiers may overlap, which may further burden our resources.
We also may experience complications related to supporting customers that are not fully compliant with the revised requirements as of the applicable compliance or enforcement date. Some payers and healthcare clearinghouses with which we conduct business interpret HIPAA transaction requirements differently than we do or may require us to use legacy formats or include legacy identifiers as they transition to full compliance. For example, we continue to process transactions using legacy identifiers for non-Medicare claims that are sent to us to the extent that the intended recipients have not instructed us to suppress those legacy identifiers. Where payers or healthcare clearinghouses require conformity with their interpretations or require us to accommodate legacy transactions or identifiers as a condition of successful transactions, we seek to comply with their requirements, but may be subject to enforcement actions as a result. We continue to work with payers, providers, practice management system vendors and other healthcare industry constituents to implement the transaction standards and identifier standards. We cannot provide assurance regarding how the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) will enforce the transaction and identifier standards or how CMS will view our practice of accommodating requests to process transactions that include legacy formats or identifiers for non-Medicare claims. Any regulatory change, clarification or enforcement action by CMS that prohibited the processing by healthcare clearinghouses or private payers of transactions containing legacy formats or identifiers could have an adverse effect on our business.
| • | Electronic Health Records. ARRA provides for Medicare and Medicaid incentive payments for eligible hospitals and eligible professionals to adopt and meaningfully use EHR technology. Beginning in 2015, eligible hospitals and eligible professionals who fail to attest to the meaningful use of EHR technology will face reductions in Medicare payments. These incentives and the risk of reduced Medicare payments promote the adoption of EHR technology which may impact our business. |
24
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| • | Anti-Kickback and Anti-Bribery Laws. A number of federal and state laws govern patient referrals, financial relationships with physicians and other referral sources and inducements to providers and patients, including restrictions contained in amendments to the Social Security Act, commonly known as the “federal Anti-Kickback Law.” The federal Anti-Kickback Law prohibits any person or entity from offering, paying, soliciting or receiving, directly or indirectly, anything of value with the intent of generating referrals of patients covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. Violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Law is a felony. The Anti-Kickback Law contains a limited number of exceptions, and the Office of the Inspector General of HHS has created regulatory safe harbors to the federal Anti-Kickback Law. Activities that comply precisely with a safe harbor are deemed protected from prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Law. Failure to meet a safe harbor does not automatically render an arrangement illegal under the Anti-Kickback Law. The arrangement, however, does risk increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, based on its particular facts and circumstances. Our contracts and other arrangements may not meet an exception or a safe harbor. |
Many states also have similar anti-kickback laws that are not necessarily limited to items or services for which payment is made by a federal healthcare program. The laws in this area are both broad and vague and generally are not subject to frequent regulatory or judicial interpretation. We review our practices with regulatory experts in an effort to comply with all applicable laws and regulatory requirements. However, we are unable to predict how these laws will be interpreted or the full extent of their application, particularly to services that are not directly reimbursed by federal healthcare programs, such as transaction processing services. Any determination by a state or federal regulatory agency that any of our activities or those of our customers or vendors violate any of these laws could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, could require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, could require us to refund a portion of our service fees, could disqualify us from providing services to customers who are or do business with government programs and could have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge by regulatory authorities of our activities could result in adverse publicity and could require a costly response from us.
| • | False or Fraudulent Claim Laws. We provide claims processing and other solutions to providers that relate to, or directly involve, the reimbursement of health services covered by Medicare, Medicaid, other federal healthcare programs and private payers. In addition, as part of our data transmission and claims submission services, we may employ certain edits, using logic, mapping and defaults, when submitting claims to third party payers. Such edits are utilized when the information received from providers is insufficient to complete individual data elements requested by payers. |
As a result of these aspects of our business, we may be subject to, or contractually required to comply with, numerous federal and state laws that prohibit false or fraudulent claims. False or fraudulent claims include, but are not limited to, billing for services not rendered, failing to refund known overpayments, misrepresenting actual services rendered, improper coding and billing for medically unnecessary items or services. Some of these laws, including restrictions contained in amendments to the Social Security Act, commonly known as the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law, require a lower burden of proof than other fraud, waste and abuse laws. Federal and state governments increasingly use the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law, especially where they believe they cannot meet the higher burden of proof requirements under the various criminal healthcare fraud provisions.
25
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
In addition, the FCA and some state false claims laws provide significant civil and criminal penalties for noncompliance and can be enforced by private individuals through “whistleblower” or qui tam actions on behalf of the government alleging that the defendant has defrauded the government. For example, the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law provides for penalties ranging from $10,000 to $50,000 per prohibited act and assessments of up to three times the amount claimed or received. Further, violations of the FCA are punishable by treble damages and penalties of up to $11,000 per false claim, and whistleblowers may receive a share of amounts recovered. Under ACA, civil penalties also may be imposed for the failure to report and return an overpayment made by the federal government within 60 days of identifying the overpayment and also may result in liability under the FCA. ACA provides that submission of a claim for an item or service generated in violation of the Anti-Kickback Law constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the FCA. Whistleblowers and the federal government have taken the position and some courts have held, that providers who allegedly have violated other statutes, such as the Stark Law, have thereby submitted false claims under the FCA. We rely on our customers to provide us with accurate and complete information.
From time to time, constituents in the healthcare industry, including us, may be subject to actions under the FCA or other fraud, waste and abuse provisions, such as the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law. Errors and the unintended consequences of data manipulations by us or our systems with respect to entry, formatting, preparation or transmission of claim information may be determined or alleged to be in violation of these laws and regulations or could adversely impact the compliance of our customers. Although we believe our editing processes are consistent with applicable reimbursement rules and industry practice, a court, enforcement agency or whistleblower could challenge these practices. In addition, we cannot guarantee that state and federal agencies will regard any billing errors we process as inadvertent or will not hold us responsible for any compliance issues related to claims we handle on behalf of providers and payers. We cannot predict the impact of any enforcement actions under the various false claims and fraud, waste and abuse laws applicable to our operations. Even an unsuccessful challenge of our practices could cause adverse publicity and cause us to incur significant legal and related costs.
| • | Financial Services Related Laws and Rules. Financial services and electronic payment processing services are subject to numerous laws, regulations and industry standards. These laws may subject us, our vendors and our customers to liability as a result of our payment distribution and processing solutions. Although we do not act as a bank, we offer solutions that involve banks, or vendors who contract with banks and other regulated providers of financial services. As a result, we may be impacted by banking and financial services industry laws, regulations and industry standards, such as licensing requirements, solvency standards, requirements to maintain the privacy and security of nonpublic personal financial information and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance limits. In addition, our patient billing and payment distribution and processing solutions may be impacted by payment card industry operating rules, certification requirements, state prompt payment laws and other rules governing electronic funds transfers. If we fail to comply with applicable payment processing rules or requirements, we may be subject to fines and changes in transaction fees and may lose our ability to process credit and debit card transactions or facilitate other types of billing and payment solutions. Moreover, payment transactions processed using the Automated Clearing House Network are subject to network operating rules promulgated by the National Automated Clearing House Association and to various federal laws regarding such operations, including laws pertaining to electronic funds transfers, and these rules and laws may impact our billing and payment solutions. Further, our solutions may impact the ability of our payer customers to comply with state prompt payment laws. These laws require payers to pay healthcare claims meeting the statutory or regulatory definition of a “clean claim” within a specified time frame. |
26
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| • | United States Postal Service Laws and Regulations. Our patient billing and payment and payment distribution services solutions provide mailing services primarily delivered through the United States Postal Service (“USPS”). Although we generally pass these costs through to our customers, postage is the largest component of our costs of operations. Postage rates are dependent on the operating efficiencies of the USPS and legislative and regulatory mandates imposed on the USPS as a result of various fiscal and political factors. Accordingly, new USPS laws or regulations, including changes in the interpretation of existing regulations, changes in the operations of USPS and recent or future rate increases, may negatively impact our business and results of operations. For example, if measures taken by the USPS to reduce its operating costs are not effective, additional postage rate increases or other operational changes may occur. We also rely on significant discounts from the basic USPS postage rate structure, which could be changed or discontinued at any time. While we cannot predict the timing or magnitude of such changes, the current economic and political environment is likely to lead to further rate increases and/or changes in the operations, policies and regulatory interpretations of the USPS. Because we may be unable to implement changes mandated by the USPS in our operations or pass future rate increases through to our customers, any failure or alleged failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or any adverse applications of, or changes in, the USPS laws and regulations affecting our business, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and/or financial condition. |
Legislative changes and contractual limitations may impede our ability to utilize our offshore service capabilities.
In our operations, we have contractors located outside of the United States who may have access to personal health information in order to assist us in performing services for our customers. From time to time, the United States Congress considers legislation that would restrict the transmission of personal health information regarding a United States resident to any foreign affiliate, subcontractor or unaffiliated third party without adequate privacy protections or without providing notice to the identifiable individual of the transmission and an opportunity to opt out. Some of the proposals considered would have required patient consent and imposed liability on healthcare businesses arising from the improper sharing or other misuse of personal health information. Congress also has considered creating a private civil cause of action that would allow an injured party to recover damages sustained as a result of a violation of these proposed restrictions. Furthermore, a number of states have considered prohibitions or limitations on the disclosure of medical or other personal information to individuals or entities located outside of the United States. If legislation of this type is enacted, our ability to utilize offshore resources may be impeded, and we may be subject to sanctions for failure to comply with the new mandates of the legislation. In addition, the enactment of such legislation could result in such work being performed at a lower margin of profitability, or even at a loss. Further, as a result of concerns regarding the possible misuse of personal health information, some of our customers have contractually limited our ability to use our offshore resources. Use of offshore resources may increase our risk of violating our contractual obligations to our customers to protect the privacy and security of personal health information provided to us, which could adversely impact our reputation and operating results.
Failure by our customers to obtain proper permissions or provide us with accurate and appropriate data may result in claims against us or may limit or prevent our use of data which could harm our business.
We require our customers to provide necessary notices and obtain necessary permissions for the use and disclosure of the information that we receive. If they do not provide necessary notices or obtain necessary permissions, then our use and disclosure of information that we receive from them or on their behalf may be limited or prohibited by state or federal privacy or other laws. Such failures by our customers could impair our functions, processes and databases that reflect, contain or are based upon such data. For example, as part of our claims submission services, we rely on our customers to provide us with accurate and appropriate data and directives for our actions. While we have implemented features and safeguards designed to
27
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
maximize the accuracy and completeness of claims content, these features and safeguards may not be sufficient to prevent inaccurate claims data from being submitted to payers. In addition, such failures by our customers could interfere with or prevent creation or use of rules, analyses or other data-driven activities that benefit us. Accordingly, we may be subject to claims or liability for inaccurate claims data submitted to payers or for use or disclosure of information by reason of lack of valid notice or permission. These claims or liabilities could damage our reputation, subject us to unexpected costs and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
Certain of our solutions present the potential for embezzlement, identity theft or other similar illegal behavior by our employees or contractors with respect to third parties.
Among other things, our solutions include printing and mailing checks and/or facilitating electronic funds transfers for our payer customers and handling mail and payments from payers and from patients for many of our provider customers. These services frequently include handling original checks, payment card information, banking account information and may include currency. Even in those cases in which we do not facilitate payments or handle original documents or mail, our services also involve the use and disclosure of personal and business information that could be used to impersonate third parties or otherwise gain access to their data or funds. If any of our employees or contractors takes, converts or misuses such funds, documents or data, or we experience a data breach creating a risk of identity theft, we could be liable for damages, and our business reputation could be damaged or destroyed. In addition, we could be perceived to have facilitated or participated in illegal misappropriation of funds, documents or data and, therefore, be subject to civil or criminal liability. Federal and state regulators may take the position that a data breach or misdirection of data constitutes an unfair or deceptive act or trade practice. We also may be required to notify individuals affected by any data breaches. Further, a data breach or similar incident could impact the ability of our customers that are creditors to comply with the federal “red flags” rules, which require the implementation of identity theft prevention programs to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft in connection with customer accounts.
Contractual relationships with customers that are governmental agencies or are funded by government programs may impose special burdens on us and provide special benefits to those customers.
A portion of our revenues comes from customers that are governmental agencies or are funded by government programs. Our contracts and subcontracts may be subject to some or all of the following:
| • | termination when appropriated funding for the current fiscal year is exhausted; |
| • | termination for the governmental customer’s convenience, subject to a negotiated settlement for costs incurred and profit on work completed, along with the right to place contracts out for bid before the full contract term, as well as the right to make unilateral changes in contract requirements, subject to negotiated price adjustments; |
| • | compliance and reporting requirements related to, among other things, agency specific policies and regulations, information security, subcontracting requirements, equal employment opportunity, affirmative action for veterans and workers with disabilities and accessibility for the disabled; |
| • | broad audit rights; and |
| • | specialized remedies for breach and default, including setoff rights, retroactive price adjustments and civil or criminal fraud penalties, as well as mandatory administrative dispute resolution procedures instead of state contract law remedies. |
In addition, certain violations of federal and state law may subject us to having our contracts terminated and, under certain circumstances, suspension and/or debarment from future government contracts. We also are subject to conflict-of-interest rules that may affect our eligibility for some federal, state and local government contracts, including rules applicable to all United States government contracts, as well as rules applicable to the specific agencies with which we have contracts or with which we may seek to enter into contracts.
28
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The protection of our intellectual property requires substantial resources.
We rely upon a combination of trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, nondisclosure agreements and technical measures to protect the intellectual property used in our business. The steps we have taken to protect and enforce our proprietary rights and intellectual property may not be adequate. For instance, we may not be able to secure trademark or service mark registrations for marks in the United States or in foreign countries or take similar steps to secure patents for our proprietary applications. Third parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our copyrights, trademarks, service marks, patents and other intellectual property rights. If we believe a third party has misappropriated our intellectual property, litigation may be necessary to enforce and protect those rights, which would divert management resources, would be expensive and may not effectively protect our intellectual property. As a result, if anyone infringes or misappropriates our intellectual property, it may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Third parties may claim that we are infringing their intellectual property, and we could suffer significant litigation or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling certain solutions.
We could be subject to claims that we are misappropriating or infringing intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others. These claims, even if not meritorious, could be expensive to defend and divert management’s attention from our operations. If we become liable to third parties for infringing these rights, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award and to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license or cease selling the solutions or services that use or contain the infringing intellectual property. We may be unable to develop non-infringing solutions or obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. We also may be required to indemnify our customers if they become subject to third party claims relating to intellectual property that we license or otherwise provide to them, which could be costly.
A write-off of all or a part of our long-lived assets (including identifiable intangible assets and goodwill) would adversely affect our operating results and reduce our net worth.
We have significant long-lived assets which include property and equipment, identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. As of December 31, 2013, we had $269.5 million of property and equipment, $1,632.7 million of identifiable intangible assets and $1,502.4 million of goodwill on our balance sheet, which represented in excess of 90% of our total assets. We amortize property and equipment and identifiable intangible assets over their estimated useful lives which range from 1 to 20 years. Though we are not permitted to amortize goodwill under United States generally accepted accounting principles, we evaluate our goodwill for impairment at least annually. In the event an impairment of any of our long-lived assets is identified, a charge to earnings would be recorded. Although it would not affect our cash flow, a write-off in future periods of all or a part of these long-lived assets would adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. See Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Estimates — Goodwill and Intangible Assets” of this Annual Report.
Our success depends in part on our ability to identify, recruit and retain skilled management and technical personnel. If we fail to recruit and retain suitable candidates or if our relationship with our employees changes or deteriorates, there could be an adverse effect on our business.
Our future success depends upon our continuing ability to identify, attract, hire and retain highly qualified personnel, including skilled management, product, technology, sales and marketing personnel, all of whom are in high demand and are often subject to competing offers. Competition for qualified personnel in the healthcare information technology and services industry is intense, and we may not be able to hire or retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel to meet our requirements, or be able to do so at salary, benefit and other compensation costs that are acceptable to us. A loss of a substantial number of qualified employees, or an inability to attract, retain and motivate additional highly skilled employees required for expansion of our business, could have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, while none of our employees are currently unionized, unionization of our employees is possible in the future. Such unionizing activities could be costly to address and, if successful, likely would adversely impact our operations.
29
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Lengthy sales, installation and implementation cycles for some of our solutions may result in delays or an inability to generate revenues from these solutions.
Sales of certain complex solutions and applications may result in longer sales, contracting and implementation cycles for our customers. These sales may be subject to delays due to customers’ internal procedures for deploying new technologies and processes and implementation may be subject to delays based on the availability of the internal customer resources needed. The use of our solutions also may be delayed due to reluctance to change or modify existing procedures. We are unable to control many of the factors that will influence the timing of the buying decisions of potential customers or the pace at which installation and training may occur. If we experience longer sales, contracting and implementation cycles for our solutions, we may experience delays in generating, or an inability to generate revenue from these solutions, which could have an adverse effect on our financial results.
We may be a party to legal, regulatory and other proceedings that could result in unexpected adverse outcomes.
From time to time, we are a party to legal and regulatory proceedings, including matters involving governmental agencies and entities with whom we do business and other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In addition, there are an increasing number of investigations and proceedings in the healthcare industry generally that seek recovery under HIPAA, the federal Anti-Kickback Law, the FCA and other statutes and regulations applicable to our business. We also may be subject to legal proceedings under non-healthcare laws affecting our business, such as employment, banking and financial services and USPS laws and regulations. We evaluate our exposure to these legal and regulatory proceedings and establish reserves for the estimated liabilities in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. Assessing and predicting the outcome of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Unexpected outcomes in these legal proceedings, or changes in management’s evaluations or predictions and accompanying changes in established reserves, could have an adverse impact on our financial results.
Risks Related to our Organization and Structure
We are a holding company and our principal asset is our ownership of equity interests in our subsidiaries; accordingly, we are dependent upon distributions from our subsidiaries to pay any dividends, taxes and any other expenses.
We are a holding company and our principal asset is our ownership of equity interests in our subsidiaries. We have no independent means of generating revenue. We intend to cause our subsidiaries to make distributions to us as the direct or indirect holder of 100% of the equity interests of such subsidiaries in amounts sufficient to make payments in respect of our outstanding indebtedness, including the Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Facility and the Senior Notes, as well as payments required under our tax receivable agreements (as discussed below). To the extent that we need funds and our subsidiaries are unable or otherwise restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation, as a result of the terms in our credit agreements or are otherwise unable to provide such funds, our liquidity and financial condition could be adversely affected.
The amounts we will be required to pay under our tax receivable agreements could be significant and, in certain circumstances, could differ significantly (in both timing and amount) from the underlying tax benefits we actually realize.
We are a party to tax receivable agreements which obligate us to make payments to certain of our current and former owners, including affiliates of Blackstone, Hellman & Friedman and certain members of management, equal to 85% of the applicable cash savings that we realize as a result of tax attributes arising from certain previous transactions, including the 2011 Transactions (Blackstone, together with affiliates of Hellman & Friedman and certain current and former members of management, are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the “TRA Members”).
30
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The payments we are required to make under the tax receivable agreements could be substantial. The amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreements will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable. We expect that, assuming no material changes in tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full potential tax benefit, future payments will range from $0.9 million to $72.8 million per year over the next 15 years. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding payments due under the tax receivable agreements. As of December 31, 2013, we expected total remaining payments under the tax receivable agreements of approximately $359.2 million. $151.5 million of this amount, which included the initial fair value of the tax receivable agreement obligations at the time of the Merger plus accretion to date, was reflected as an obligation on the balance sheet at December 31, 2013.
There may be circumstances in which the payments under the tax receivable agreements may differ significantly (in both timing and amount) from the underlying tax benefits we actually realize. Pursuant to the tax receivable agreements, upon a covered change of control, we could be required to make payments that significantly exceed our actual cash tax savings from the tax benefits giving rise to such payments. Moreover, upon a covered change of control or initial public offering, we will have the option to terminate the tax receivable agreements in exchange for a lump-sum payment (based on an assumption that all expected potential tax benefits actually will be realized). In addition, under the tax receivable agreements, the TRA Members will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such tax benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to the TRA Members will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, we could make payments under the tax receivable agreements that are greater than our actual cash tax savings and may not be able to recoup those payments. Any difference between the payments we are required to make under the tax receivable agreements and the underlying tax benefits we actually realize could adversely affect our results of operations and/or our liquidity. Furthermore, because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the tax receivable agreements is substantially dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreements for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.
We are controlled by the Investor Group, whose interests may conflict with ours or our creditors.
We are controlled by the Investor Group, which includes affiliates of Blackstone and Hellman & Friedman. The Investor Group controls the election of our directors and thereby has the power to control our affairs and policies, including the appointment of management. Circumstances may occur in which the interests of the Investor Group could be in conflict with our interests. The Investor Group may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financing or other transactions, including, but not limited to, the issuance of additional debt or equity and the declaration and payment of dividends, that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions may involve risk to us or to our creditors. Additionally, the Investor Group may make investments in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with us, or may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. For information concerning our arrangements with the Investor Group, including affiliates of Blackstone and Hellman & Friedman, see Part III, Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” of this Annual Report.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities or Senior Notes.
As of December 31, 2013, our total debt was $2,063.4 million (before the deduction of unamortized debt discount of $33.1 million), comprised of $1,278.3 million of senior secured indebtedness under our Term Loan Facility, $375.0 million of indebtedness under the 2019 Notes, $375.0 million of indebtedness under the 2020 Notes and $35.1 million of indebtedness under our data sublicense agreement and other financing arrangements. Additionally, we had $119.9 million of
31
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
unutilized capacity under our Revolving Facility. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of such actions on a timely basis or on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences, including:
| • | making it more difficult for us to make payments on the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes; |
| • | increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions; |
| • | requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities; |
| • | exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as our borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities are at variable rates of interest; |
| • | restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures; |
| • | limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; |
| • | limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged; and |
| • | increasing our cost of borrowing. |
Borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness may increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. Due to a floor on the floating rate index of 1.25% under the Term Loan Facility, a 0.125% increase in the floating rates on the funded amounts under our Senior Credit Facilities would have had only a negligible impact on our annual cash interest expense. Assuming all revolving loans are drawn under the Revolving Facility, a 0.125% change in the floating rate would result in an additional $0.2 million increase in our annual cash interest expense. In January 2012, we entered into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments that partially reduced our exposure to interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain these interest rate swaps as currently structured with respect to our variable rate indebtedness, and any future additional swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.
Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may still be able to incur significantly more debt. The incurrence of additional debt could increase the risks associated with our substantial leverage, including our ability to service our indebtedness.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, including additional tranches of term loans, increased commitments under the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or one or more incremental Revolving Facility tranches. Although the indentures governing the Senior Notes and the credit agreement (as amended, the “Senior Credit Agreement”) governing the Senior Credit Facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. If we incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, the current risks related to our substantial leverage would increase and could have a negative impact on us or our credit ratings.
The Senior Credit Agreement provides that, subject to certain conditions, we may request additional tranches of term loans, increase commitments under the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or add one or more incremental revolving facility tranches (provided that the revolving credit commitments outstanding at any time have no more than three different maturity dates) in an aggregate amount not to exceed (a) $300.0 million plus (b) an unlimited amount at any time,
32
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
subject to compliance on a pro forma basis with a first lien net leverage ratio of no greater than 4.00:1.00. Availability of such additional tranches of term loans or revolving facilities and/or increased commitments is subject to, among other conditions, the absence of any default under the Senior Credit Agreement and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions.
The Senior Credit Agreement and the indentures governing our Senior Notes restrict our ability and the ability of most of our subsidiaries to engage in some business and financial transactions.
The Senior Credit Agreement requires us to comply with a quarterly maximum consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test. In addition, our Senior Credit Facilities include negative covenants that, among other things and subject to certain significant exceptions, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
| • | incur indebtedness or guarantees; |
| • | incur liens; |
| • | make investments, loans and acquisitions; |
| • | consolidate or merge; |
| • | sell assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries; |
| • | pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock; |
| • | alter the business we conduct; |
| • | amend, prepay, redeem or purchase subordinated debt; |
| • | engage in transactions with our affiliates; and |
| • | enter into agreements limiting subsidiary dividends and distributions. |
Our ability to borrow additional amounts under our Senior Credit Facilities depends upon satisfaction of these and numerous additional covenants related to our financial condition covenant. Events beyond our control can affect our ability to meet these covenants.
The indentures governing our Senior Notes also contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest, including restrictions on our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
| • | pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock; |
| • | incur additional indebtedness or issue certain capital stock; |
| • | incur certain liens; |
| • | make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions; |
| • | consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries; |
| • | prepay subordinated debt; |
| • | engage in certain transactions with our affiliates; and; |
| • | enter into agreements restricting our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends. |
If we or our restricted subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, we generally must either invest the net proceeds from such sales in our business within a period of time, prepay certain debt (including indebtedness outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities) or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the Senior Notes equal to the excess net proceeds, subject to certain exceptions.
33
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, seek additional capital, restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes, or sell assets. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The Senior Credit Agreement and the indentures governing our Senior Notes restrict our ability to use the proceeds from asset sales. We may not be able to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are fair and proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit ratings, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness.
| ITEM 1B. | UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS |
None.
| ITEM 2. | PROPERTIES |
We do not own any real property. We lease approximately 178,000 square feet of office space in Nashville, Tennessee, that serves as our corporate headquarters, and such lease is due to expire in October 2018.
In addition to our corporate headquarters, we lease 55,000 total square feet in Nashville, Tennessee that houses a data center and adjoining office space. The initial term on our lease for this space expires in August 2025, and we have the option to extend the lease by two five-year renewal terms. Another primary data center, containing approximately 20,000 square feet of data center space, is located in Memphis, Tennessee, and is subject to a lease agreement due to expire in January 2017.
We also lease approximately 93,000 square feet of office space at a facility in Toledo, Ohio for our patient billing and payment services operations subject to a lease agreement due to expire in February 2015. In addition, in early 2013, we moved certain of our payment distribution services to a new location in Bridgeton, Missouri, a suburb of St. Louis, of approximately 116,000 square feet subject to a lease agreement due to expire in November 2023.
We also lease a number of other data centers, operations, business and sales offices in several states. We believe that our facilities are generally adequate for current and anticipated future use, although we may from time to time lease or vacate additional facilities as our operations require.
| ITEM 3. | LEGAL PROCEEDINGS |
In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to claims, lawsuits and legal proceedings. While it is not possible to ascertain the ultimate outcome of such matters, in management’s opinion, the liabilities, if any, in excess of amounts provided or covered by insurance, are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
34
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| ITEM 4. | MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES |
Not applicable.
| ITEM 5. | MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES |
We are an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, which in turn is wholly owned by the Investor Group. Accordingly, there is no public trading market for our common stock.
| ITEM 6. | SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA |
The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report.
The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data at the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 presented in this table, have been derived from the historical audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 presented in this table have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report.
On November 2, 2011, Merger Sub merged with and into Emdeon, which resulted in a change in basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Periods prior to the Merger and this change in basis are referred to as “Predecessor” and periods after the Merger are referred to as “Successor.” As a result of the Merger and the resulting change in basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities, the Predecessor and Successor period financial data is not comparable.
35
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 |
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 |
November 2, 2011 through December 31, 2011 |
January 1, 2011 through November 1, 2011 2011 |
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|||||||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Statement of Operations Data:(1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Revenues(4) |
$ | 1,242,567 | $ | 1,152,313 | $ | 187,116 | $ | 913,779 | $ | 1,002,152 | $ | 918,448 | ||||||||||||
| Costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of operations(4) |
758,025 | 693,819 | 111,905 | 544,407 | 605,429 | 556,461 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Development and engineering |
32,612 | 34,591 | 5,268 | 26,828 | 31,291 | 30,218 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Sales, marketing, general and administrative |
180,637 | 151,137 | 23,910 | 123,361 | 123,232 | 125,492 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
183,839 | 187,225 | 29,094 | 128,761 | 124,721 | 105,321 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Accretion |
26,470 | 8,666 | 2,459 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
| Transaction related costs |
— | 1,250 | 17,857 | 66,625 | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total costs and expenses |
1,181,583 | 1,076,688 | 190,493 | 889,982 | 884,673 | 817,492 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Operating income (loss) |
60,984 | 75,625 | (3,377 | ) | 23,797 | 117,479 | 100,956 | |||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense, net |
153,169 | 172,253 | 29,343 | 43,202 | 61,017 | 70,171 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
23,160 | 21,853 | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
(4,202 | ) | — | (5,841 | ) | (8,023 | ) | (9,284 | ) | (519 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes |
(111,143 | ) | (118,481 | ) | (26,879 | ) | (11,382 | ) | 65,746 | 31,304 | ||||||||||||||
| Income tax provision |
(36,685 | ) | (40,146 | ) | (10,185 | ) | 8,201 | 32,579 | 17,301 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
(74,458 | ) | (78,335 | ) | (16,694 | ) | (19,583 | ) | 33,167 | 14,003 | ||||||||||||||
| Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest |
— | — | — | 5,109 | 13,621 | 4,422 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to Emdeon Inc. |
$ | (74,458 | ) | $ | (78,335 | ) | $ | (16,694 | ) | $ | (24,692 | ) | $ | 19,546 | $ | 9,581 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| As of December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||
| (In thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance Sheet Data:(1) |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 76,538 | $ | 31,763 | $ | 37,925 | $ | 99,188 | $ | 211,999 | ||||||||||
| Total assets |
3,747,882 | 3,769,118 | 3,832,067 | 2,491,565 | 2,229,413 | |||||||||||||||
| Total debt(2) |
2,030,356 | 2,017,010 | 1,961,108 | 946,243 | 840,682 | |||||||||||||||
| Tax receivable obligations to related parties(3) |
150,496 | 125,003 | 117,810 | 142,279 | 142,044 | |||||||||||||||
| Total equity |
$ | 968,546 | $ | 1,032,151 | $ | 1,103,789 | $ | 1,055,288 | $ | 979,869 | ||||||||||
| (1) | As a result of our history of business combinations, our financial position and results of operations may not be comparable for each of the periods presented. |
| (2) | Our debt at December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is reflected net of unamortized debt discount of approximately $33.1 million, $51.3 million, $58.5 million, $42.6 million and $53.3 million, respectively, related to original loan fees and purchase accounting adjustments to discount the debt to fair value. Total debt as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 includes an obligation of approximately $22.5 million, $26.9 million, $30.6 million $40.3 million and $37.6 million, respectively related to our data sublicense agreement. |
| (3) | In connection with the Merger, the tax receivable obligation to related parties was recorded at fair value. In the Predecessor periods, the liability was recorded at total expected payments. |
| (4) | Rebates to channel partners who are also customers are presented as a reduction of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, and are generally presented within cost of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. |
36
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| ITEM 7. | MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
You should read the following discussion in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Some of the statements in the following discussion are forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” elsewhere in this Annual Report.
As a result of the 2011 Transactions and the change in basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities, periods prior to the 2011 Transactions are referred to as “Predecessor” and periods after the 2011 Transactions are referred to as “Successor”.
Overview
We are a leading provider of revenue and payment cycle management and clinical information exchange solutions connecting payers, providers and patients in the United States healthcare system. Our solutions integrate and automate key business and administrative functions of our payer and provider customers throughout the patient encounter, including pre-care patient eligibility and benefits verification and enrollment, clinical information exchange capabilities, claims management and adjudication, payment integrity, payment distribution, payment posting and denial management and patient billing and payment services. Our customers are able to improve efficiency, reduce costs, increase cash flow and more efficiently manage the complex revenue and payment cycle and clinical information exchange processes by using our comprehensive suite of solutions.
During 2013, we delivered our solutions and operated our business in four operating segments: (i) payer services, which provides solutions to commercial insurance companies, third party administrators and governmental payers; (ii) provider revenue cycle solutions, which provides solutions primarily to hospitals and large physician practices; (iii) ambulatory provider services, which provides solutions, both directly and through our channel partners, primarily to small physician practices, dentists, labs and other healthcare providers; and (iv) pharmacy services, which provides solutions to pharmacies, pharmacy benefit management companies, government agencies and other payers. Through our payer services segment, we provide payment cycle solutions that simplify the administration of healthcare related to insurance eligibility and benefit verification, claims management, payment integrity and payment distribution. Additionally, we provide consulting services through our payer services segment. Through our provider revenue cycle solutions segment, we provide revenue cycle management solutions, government program eligibility and enrollment services and revenue optimization solutions that simplify providers’ revenue cycle and workflow, reduce related costs and improve cash flow. Through our ambulatory provider services segment, we provide, both directly and through our channel partners, revenue cycle management solutions and patient billing and payment services that simplify providers’ revenue cycle and workflow, reduce related costs and improve cash flow. Through our pharmacy services segment, we provide electronic prescribing and other electronic solutions related to prescription benefit claim filing, adjudication and management.
There are a number of company-specific initiatives and industry trends that may affect our transaction volumes, revenues, cost of operations and margins. As part of our strategy, we encourage our customers to migrate from paper-based claim, patient billing and payment, payment distribution and other transaction processing to electronic, automated processing in order to improve efficiency. Our business is aligned with our customers to support this transition, and as they migrate from paper-based transaction processing to electronic processing, even though our revenues for an applicable customer generally will decline, our margins and profitability will typically increase. For example, because the cost of postage is included in our revenues for patient billing and payment services (which is then also deducted as a cost of operations), when our customers transition to electronic processing, our revenues and costs of operations are expected to decrease as we will no longer incur or be required to charge for postage. As another example, as our payer customers migrate to comprehensive management services agreements with us, our electronic transaction volume usually increases while the rebates we pay and the per transaction rates we charge under these agreements are typically reduced.
37
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Part of our strategy also includes the development and introduction of new solutions. Our new and updated solutions are likely to require us to incur development and engineering expenditures, both operating and capital, and related sales and marketing costs at levels greater than recent years’ expenditures in order to successfully develop and achieve market acceptance of such solutions. We also may acquire, or enter into agreements with third parties to assist us in providing, new solutions. For example, we offer our electronic payment solutions through banks or vendors who contract with banks and other financial service firms. The costs of these initiatives or the failure to achieve broad penetration in target markets with respect to new or updated solutions may negatively affect our results of operations, margins and cash flow. Because newly introduced solutions generally will have lower margins initially as compared to our existing and more mature solutions, our margins and our margin growth may be adversely affected on a percentage basis until these new solutions achieve scale and maturity.
In addition to our internal development efforts, we actively evaluate opportunities to improve and expand our solutions through strategic acquisitions. Our acquisition strategy focuses on identifying acquisitions that improve and streamline the business and administrative functions of healthcare. We believe our broad customer footprint allows us to deploy acquired solutions into our installed base, which, in turn, can help accelerate growth of our acquired businesses. We also believe our management team’s ability to identify acquisition opportunities that are complementary and synergistic to our business, and to integrate them into our existing operations with minimal disruption, will continue to play an important role in the expansion of our business and our growth. Our success in acquiring and integrating acquired businesses into our existing operations, the associated costs of such acquisitions, including integration costs, and the operating characteristics of the acquired businesses also may impact our results of operations and margins. Because the businesses we acquire sometimes have lower margins than our existing businesses, primarily as a result of their lack of scale and maturity, our margins on a percentage basis may be adversely affected in the periods subsequent to an acquisition from revenue mix changes and integration activities associated with these acquisitions.
We also expect to continue to be affected by general economic, regulatory and demographic factors affecting the healthcare industry. For several years, there has been pricing pressure in our industry, particularly as it relates to our claims management solutions, which has led and is expected to continue to lead to reduced prices for the same services. We have sought in the past and will continue to seek to mitigate pricing pressure by providing additional value-added solutions, increasing the volume of solutions we provide and managing our costs. In addition, significant changes in regulatory schemes, such as HIPAA, ARRA, ACA and other federal healthcare policy initiatives, impact our customers’ healthcare activities and can result in increased operating costs and capital expenditures for us. In particular, we believe the ACA will significantly affect the regulatory environment in which we and our customers operate by changing how healthcare services are covered, delivered and reimbursed through expanded coverage of uninsured individuals, reduced federal healthcare program spending, increased efforts to link federal healthcare program payments to quality and efficiency and insurance market reforms. Also, changes in federal and state reimbursement patterns and rates can impact the revenues in certain of our business lines. We are unable to predict how providers, payers, pharmacies and other healthcare market participants will respond to the various reform provisions of ACA, and we cannot be sure that the markets for our solutions, particularly our government program eligibility and enrollment services solutions, will continue to exist at current levels or that we will have adequate technical, financial and marketing resources to react to changes in those markets.
Demographic trends affecting the healthcare industry, such as population growth and aging or continued high unemployment rates as a result of recent adverse economic conditions, also could affect the frequency and nature of our customers’ healthcare transactional activity. The impact of such changes could impact our revenues, cost of operations and infrastructure expenses and thereby affect our results of operations and the way we operate our business. For example, an increase in the United States population, if such increase is accompanied by an increase in the United States population that has health benefits, or the aging of the United States population, which requires an overall increased need for healthcare services, may result in an increase in our transaction volumes which, in turn, may increase our revenues and cost of operations. Alternatively, a recurrence of the recent general economic downturn, which reduces the number of discretionary health procedures by patients, or a persistent high unemployment rate, which lessens healthcare utilization, may decrease or offset other growth in our transaction volumes, which, in turn, may adversely impact our revenues and cost of operations.
38
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Recent Developments
We reorganized our segments as payer services, provider services and pharmacy services effective January 1, 2014. This discussion and analysis reflects our segments as managed during the periods presented.
In February 2014, we acquired all of the equity interests of Vieosoft Inc., a development stage enterprise, for initial cash consideration contingent cash consideration that varies based on the performance of the acquired business in each of the four years following the acquisition. Such contingent consideration payments are limited to a maximum of $42.0 million on a cumulative basis over the respective periods.
Our Revenues and Expenses
We generate virtually all of our revenue by using technology solutions to provide our customers services that automate and simplify business and administrative functions for payers, providers and pharmacies generally on either a per transaction, per document, per communication, per member per month, monthly flat-fee, contingent fee or hourly basis.
Cost of operations consists primarily of costs related to services we provide to customers and costs associated with the operation and maintenance of our networks. These costs primarily include postage and materials costs related to our patient billing and payment and payment distribution services, rebates paid to our channel partners (net of rebates to certain customers that offset revenue) and data communications costs, all of which generally vary with our revenues and/or volumes. Cost of operations also includes personnel costs associated with production, network operations, customer support and other personnel, facilities expenses and equipment maintenance, all of which vary less directly with our revenue and/or volumes due to the fixed or semi-fixed nature of these expenses.
The largest component of our cost of operations is postage, which is incurred in our patient billing and payment and payment distribution services businesses and which is also a component of our revenue in those businesses. Our postage costs increase as our patient billing and payment services volumes increase and also when the USPS increases postage rates. Postage rate increases, while generally billed as pass-through costs to our customers, affect our cost of operations as a percentage of revenue. In prior years, we have offset the impact of postage rate increases on cost of operations as a percentage of revenue through cost reductions from efficiency measures, including data communication expense reductions and production efficiencies. Though we plan to implement additional efficiency measures, we may not be able to offset the impact of postage rate increases in the future and, as a result, cost of operations as a percentage of revenue may increase if postage rate increases continue. Although the USPS historically has increased postage rates annually in most recent years, including in January 2013 and 2014, the frequency and nature of such annual increases may not occur as regularly in the future.
Rebates are paid to channel partners for electronic and other volumes delivered through our network to certain payers and can be impacted by the number of comprehensive management services agreements we execute with payers, the associated rate structure with our payer customers, the success of our direct sales efforts to providers and the extent to which direct connections to payers are developed by our channel partners. While these rebates are generally a component of our cost of operations, in cases where the channel partners are also our customers, these rebates generally are recognized as an offset to revenue.
Our data communication expense consists of telecommunication and transaction processing charges.
Our material costs relate primarily to our patient billing and payment and payment distribution services volumes, and consist primarily of paper and printing costs.
Development and engineering expense consists primarily of personnel costs related to the development, management and maintenance of our current and future solutions. We may invest more in this area in the future as we develop new and enhance existing solutions.
39
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Sales, marketing, general and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs associated with our sales, account management and marketing functions, as well as management, administrative and other shared corporate services related to the operations of our operating segments and overall business operations.
Our development and engineering expense, sales, marketing, general and administrative expense and corporate expense, while related to our current operations, also are affected and influenced by our future plans, including the development of new solutions, business strategies and enhancement and maintenance of our infrastructure.
Our depreciation and amortization expense is related to depreciation of our property and equipment, including technology assets, and amortization of intangible assets acquired and recorded in conjunction with acquisition method accounting. As a result, the amount of depreciation and amortization expense is affected by the level of our recent investment in property and equipment and the level of our recent acquisition activity.
Our interest expense consists principally of cash interest associated with our long-term debt obligations and non-cash interest associated with the amortization of borrowing costs and discounts related to debt issuance. If market interest rates on the variable portion of our long-term debt increase in the future, our interest expense may increase.
Our income taxes consist of federal and state income taxes. These amounts include current income taxes payable, as well as income taxes for which the payment is deferred to future periods and dependent on the occurrence of future events. Our income tax expense historically has varied from the expense that would be expected based on statutory rates due principally to our organizational structure and differences in the book and tax basis of our investment in EBS Master LLC (“EBS Master”). The recognition of valuation allowances related to certain net operating loss carryovers and other items also can affect our income tax expense. For additional information, see the discussion of income taxes in the section “Significant Items Affecting Comparability-Income Taxes”.
Significant Items Affecting Comparability
Certain significant items or events should be considered to better understand differences in our results of operations from period to period. We believe that the following items or events have had a significant impact on our results of operations for the periods discussed below or may have a significant impact on our results of operations in future periods:
Effect of the 2011 Transactions
The 2011 Transactions have had and are expected to continue to have a significant effect on our financial condition and results of operations. These significant effects include those related to acquisition method adjustments, additional debt, 2011 Transactions related costs and income tax effects.
Acquisition Method Adjustments
In connection with the Merger, we were required to adjust our assets and liabilities to their respective fair values. These adjustments included the following:
| • | Recognition of the fair value of tangible and intangible assets. The fair value of our tangible and intangible assets exceeded the previously recorded amounts. As a result, for periods following the Merger, we have reported and expect to continue to report increased depreciation and amortization expense. |
| • | Reduction in the carrying value of our tax receivable agreement obligations to fair value. For periods prior to the Merger, our tax receivable agreement obligations were reported at the amount that was both probable of payment and reasonably estimable. In connection with the Merger, we were required to adjust these obligations to their fair value. Our tax receivable agreement obligations fair value reflects three significant factors that were not previously considered in the carrying value: (i) the impact of a restructuring, effective December 31, 2011, to simplify our corporate structure, (ii) the exchange of units of EBS Master (“EBS Units”) for cash or stock of Parent and (iii) |
40
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| discounting of the tax receivable agreement obligations for the time value of money. The effect of these additional factors resulted in a significant increase in the total payments due under the tax receivable agreements. We currently expect the remaining payments to total $359.2 million. After discounting the obligations for the time value of money, however, the fair value of the obligations at the time of the Merger was $115.0 million. As a result, our consolidated statement of operations for periods following the Merger will reflect accretion expense to adjust the fair value of our tax receivable agreement obligations to the total expected payments. Such accretion expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 totaled approximately $26.5 million, $8.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively. |
| • | Reduction to fair value of our deferred revenue related to outstanding products and services to be provided in periods following the Merger. In connection with the Merger, we reduced our deferred revenue to the amount attributable to our remaining contractual obligations at the time of the Merger. As a result of this reduction, our revenue in periods following the Merger will be reduced, as compared to what would have been recognized without this adjustment. This reduction of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 was approximately $0.8 million, $4.9 million and $2.2 million, respectively. |
Additional Debt
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, we borrowed an aggregate of approximately $2.0 billion, a portion of which was used to repay all amounts due under our prior credit agreements and interest rate swap agreement and to help finance the Merger. As a result of this additional debt, our interest expense in periods following the Merger has been, and will be, substantially greater than amounts reported in periods prior to the Merger.
2011 Transactions Related Costs
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, we also incurred certain nonrecurring charges that have been included within transaction related costs in our consolidated statement of operations. Transaction related costs for the respective periods are presented below (in thousands):
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2012 |
November 2 through December 31, 2011 |
January 1, 2011 through November 1, 2011 |
||||||||||
| Accelerated vesting of equity compensation |
$ | — | $ | — | $ | 35,285 | ||||||
| Professional and other advisory fees |
— | — | 27,573 | |||||||||
| Expenses incurred in connection with the refinancing of existing debt |
1,250 | 16,857 | — | |||||||||
| Transaction-related bonuses and severance |
— | 1,000 | 3,767 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
$ | 1,250 | $ | 17,857 | $ | 66,625 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income Tax Effects
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, all EBS Units that were not previously controlled by us were exchanged for cash, or cash and shares of Parent. Additionally, effective December 31, 2011, we simplified our corporate structure. These transactions resulted in additional basis in our assets and will impact income tax expense and cash payments for income taxes in subsequent periods. Pursuant to our tax receivable agreement obligations, however, 85% of such tax savings must be paid to the parties to our tax receivable agreements.
41
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Acquisitions and Divestitures
We actively evaluate opportunities to improve and expand our business through targeted acquisitions that are consistent with our strategy. On occasion, we also may dispose of certain components of our business that no longer fit within our overall strategy. Because of our acquisition and divestiture activity as well as the shifting revenue mix of our business due to this activity, our results of operations may not be directly comparable among periods. The following summarizes our acquisition transactions since January 1, 2011 and affected segments:
| Date |
Business |
Description |
Affected | |||
| May 2011 | EquiClaim, LLC (“EquiClaim”) | Technology-enabled provider of healthcare audit and recovery solutions | Payer Services | |||
| May 2012 | TC3 Health, Inc. (“TC3”) | Technology-enabled provider of cost containment and payment integrity solutions | Payer Services | |||
| June 2013 | Goold Health Systems (“Goold”) | Technology-enabled provider of pharmacy benefit and related services primarily to state Medicaid agencies | Pharmacy Services |
For certain of our acquisitions, we agreed to transfer additional consideration to the sellers of the acquired businesses in the event that specified performance measures are achieved. United States generally accepted accounting principles generally require us to recognize the initial fair value of the expected amount to be paid under such contingent consideration arrangements as a component of the total consideration transferred. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the amounts expected to be paid, however, are generally required to be recognized as a component of net income. Such changes in fair value may occur based on changes in the expected timing or amount of payments or the effect of discounting the liability for the time value of money.
Efficiency Measures
We evaluate and implement efficiency measures and other cost savings initiatives on an ongoing basis to improve our financial and operating performance through reorganization, cost savings, productivity improvements and other process improvements. For instance, we continue to consolidate our data centers, operations and networks and outsource certain information technology and operations functions. The implementation of these measures often involve upfront costs related to severance, professional fees, contractor costs and/or capital expenditures, with the cost savings or other improvements not realized until the measures are successfully completed.
42
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Income Taxes
Our blended statutory federal and state income tax rate ranges from 37% to 40%. Our effective income tax rate, however, is affected by several factors. The following table and subsequent commentary reconciles our federal statutory rate to our effective income tax rate and the subsequent commentary describes the more significant of the reconciling factors:
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
| Fiscal | Fiscal | November 2 | January 1 | |||||||||||||
| Year end | Year end | through | through | |||||||||||||
| December 31, | December 31, | December 31, | November 1, | |||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | |||||||||||||
| Statutory U.S. federal tax rate |
35.00 | % | 35.00 | % | 35.00 | % | 35.00 | % | ||||||||
| State income taxes (net of federal benefit) |
(1.89 | ) | (2.95 | ) | 3.68 | 52.49 | ||||||||||
| Meals and entertainment |
(0.88 | ) | (0.29 | ) | (0.65 | ) | (3.36 | ) | ||||||||
| 2011 Transactions related costs |
— | — | (0.49 | ) | (34.77 | ) | ||||||||||
| Other |
(1.18 | ) | (0.05 | ) | (0.64 | ) | 1.55 | |||||||||
| Tax credits |
0.02 | 0.16 | 0.53 | 11.14 | ||||||||||||
| Equity compensation |
— | — | — | (62.26 | ) | |||||||||||
| Non-timing basis differences |
0.95 | 0.19 | 0.37 | (89.58 | ) | |||||||||||
| Noncontrolling interest |
— | — | — | 15.71 | ||||||||||||
| Domestic production |
— | 2.85 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Uncertain tax positions |
(0.32 | ) | (1.23 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||
| Foreign loss not benefited |
0.23 | 0.20 | 0.09 | 2.03 | ||||||||||||
| Change in valuation allowance |
1.06 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Effective income tax rate |
32.99 | % | 33.88 | % | 37.89 | % | (72.05 | )% | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Equity compensation—Prior to the Company’s August 2009 initial public offering (the “IPO”), certain members of our senior management team and board of directors held profits interest in EBS Master which had only a nominal, if any, value at the date they were originally granted. Because of this nominal value, each of the profits interest holders made an election to pay income taxes based on the fair value of the profits interest on the grant date. As a result, while the Company recognized compensation expense related to these awards as they vested, the Company received no tax deduction related to these awards.
Non-timing basis differences— Due to our organizational structure prior to the 2011 Transactions, certain items, including a portion of our equity compensation, other comprehensive income and income of corporate consolidated subsidiaries of EBS Master, affected our book basis in EBS Master without similarly affecting our tax basis in EBS Master. In the case of our corporate consolidated subsidiaries, the Company recognized income tax expense both at the subsidiary and the parent company level for the same income (once as it was earned at the subsidiary level and once as a result of the tax effect of the difference in tax and book basis of the limited liability company which controlled those corporate subsidiaries). As a result, in periods prior to the 2011 Transactions, our effective income tax rates were impacted by these matters. In connection with the 2011 Transactions, our organizational structure was simplified such that the impact of these factors has been less than periods prior to the 2011 Transactions. In January 2014, the Company effected a change in the tax status of EBS Master from a partnership to a corporation.
Noncontrolling interest— Prior to the 2011 Transactions, a portion of the interests of EBS Master were held by entities not under our control. Accordingly, we historically recognized income tax expense only for the portion of the income generated by EBS Master that was attributable to us. In connection with the 2011 Transactions, EBS Master became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
Change in valuation allowance—We record valuation allowances or reverse existing valuation allowances related to assumed future income tax benefits depending on circumstances and factors related to our business. During 2013, we recognized a capital gain associated with the sale of an equity investment that resulted in a partial reversal of our valuation allowance related to a previously recognized capital loss.
43
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
State Income Taxes— Our effective tax rate for state income tax was impacted by changes in our uncertain tax positions, valuation allowances, regulatory environment and apportionment. Additionally, during 2013, we changed our methodology of estimating income taxes from a separate return basis to, where permitted by the state taxing authorities, a consolidated state return basis. During the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, we recognized an income tax benefit of approximately $8.0 million related to an interpretive change by regulatory authorities in the state of Tennessee.
Stock-Based and Equity Compensation Expense
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, the Company’s then outstanding stock options, EBS Units and restricted stock units under various equity compensation programs, including the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”), became fully vested immediately prior to the closing of the Merger and were settled in cash, canceled or, for certain members of senior management, exchanged for new options of Parent common stock (the “Rollover Options”). Except for the Rollover Options, each option holder received an amount in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes, equal to $19.00 less the exercise price of each option. Additionally, each EBS Unit and restricted stock unit holder received $19.00 in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes.
Parent assumed the 2009 Plan in connection with the 2011 Transactions, by adopting the Beagle Parent Corp. Amended and Restated 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Parent Equity Plan”). Pursuant to the Parent Equity Plan, 150,000 shares of Parent common stock have been reserved for the issuance of equity awards to employees, directors and consultants of Parent and its affiliates.
Parent grants equity-based awards of Parent common stock to certain employees and directors under the Parent Equity Plan. Grants under the Parent Equity Plan consist of one, or a combination, of time-vested and/or performance-based equity awards. In each case, the equity awards are subject to certain call rights by Parent in the event of termination of service by the equity award holder and put rights by the equity award holder or his/her beneficiaries in the event of death or disability.
Related to the equity arrangements described above, we incurred equity compensation expense of $7.0 million, $6.8 million, $0.0 million and $54.9 million (including $35.3 million associated with the acceleration of vesting of equity-based awards) for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively.
Interest Rate Swaps
We manage economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of our debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, we enter into interest rate swap agreements to manage exposures that arise from business activities which result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. Our interest rate swap agreements are used to manage differences in the amount, timing and duration of our known or expected cash receipts and our known or expected cash payments principally related to our borrowings.
The financial statement effects of our interest rate swap agreements vary based on whether the agreements are designated as a hedge of future cash flows. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010, our prior interest rate swap agreement was not designated as a hedge, and as such, interest expense for the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 was reduced by $8.0 million due to changes in the fair value of this interest rate swap agreement. In connection with the 2011 Transactions, we terminated this interest rate swap agreement and no interest rate swap agreement was in place for the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011.
In January 2012, we executed three new interest rate swap agreements to reduce the variability of interest payments associated with the Term Loan Facility. These current interest rate swap agreements were designated as cash flow hedges so that changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements were included within other comprehensive income.
44
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Amendments of the Senior Credit Agreement
Our interest expense primarily is affected by the amount of debt funding and the applicable variable interest rates, including a fixed spread, under our Senior Credit Agreement. In April 2012, we amended the Senior Credit Agreement to reprice the Senior Credit Facilities and borrow $80.0 million of additional term loans for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. As a result of these amendments, the LIBOR-based interest rate applicable to the Senior Credit Facilities was generally reduced by 175 basis points. The Senior Credit Agreement was also amended in April 2013 to further reduce the LIBOR-based interest rate by an additional 125 basis points, and to modify certain financial covenants.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if:
| • | it requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made; and |
| • | changes in the estimate or different estimates that could have been made could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. |
The following discussion of critical accounting estimates is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies that require estimates and highlights only those policies that involve estimates that we believe entail a higher degree of judgment and complexity. We believe the current assumptions and other considerations used to estimate amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements are appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements, the resulting changes could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
The discussion that follows presents information about our critical accounting estimates, as well as the effects of hypothetical changes in the material assumptions used to develop each estimate:
Revenue Recognition
We generate most of our revenue by using technology solutions to provide services to our customers that automate and simplify business and administrative functions for payers, providers and pharmacies, generally on either a per transaction, per document, per communication, per member per month, monthly flat-fee, contingent fee or hourly basis.
Revenue for transaction services, payment distribution services, patient billing and payment services and consulting services are recognized as the services are provided. Postage fees related to our payment distribution services and patient billing and payment services volumes are recorded on a gross basis. Revenue for our government eligibility and enrollment services and accounts receivable management services generally are recognized at the time that our provider customer receives notice from the payer of a pending payment. Revenue for payment integrity services that include customer acceptance provisions are recognized at the time that notice of customer acceptance is received.
Cash receipts or billings in advance of revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenues in our consolidated balance sheets.
We exclude sales and use tax from revenue in our consolidated statements of operations.
Business Combinations
We recognize the consideration transferred (i.e. purchase price) in a business combination as well as the acquired business’ identifiable assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests at their acquisition date fair value. The excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interest, if any, is
45
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
recorded as goodwill. Any excess of the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed over the consideration transferred, if any, is generally recognized within earnings as of the acquisition date. To the extent that our initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete at the end of a reporting period, provisional amounts are reported for those items which are incomplete. We retroactively adjust such provisional amounts as of the acquisition date once new information is received about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.
The fair value of the consideration transferred, assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests is estimated based on one or a combination of income, cost or market approaches as determined based on the nature of the asset or liability and the level of inputs available to us (i.e., quoted prices in an active market, other observable inputs or unobservable inputs). With respect to assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interest, the determination of fair value requires management to make subjective judgments as to projections of future operating performance, the appropriate discount rate to apply, long-term growth rates, etc. The effect of these judgments then impacts the amount of the goodwill that is recorded and the amount of depreciation and amortization expense to be recognized in future periods related to tangible and intangible assets acquired.
With respect to the consideration transferred, certain of our acquisitions include contingent consideration, the fair value of which is generally required to be measured each quarter until resolution of the contingency. In addition to the judgments applicable to valuing intangible and intangible assets, the determination of the fair value of the attainment of certain specified financial performance measures requires management to make subjective judgments as to the probability and timing of the attainment of certain specified financial performance measures. The determination of the fair value of the contingent consideration is particularly sensitive to judgments relative to the probability of achieving the specified financial performance measures.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill and intangible assets from our acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets generally as follows:
| Customer relationships |
9 to 20 years | |||
| Trade names |
3 to 20 years | |||
| Data sublicense agreement |
6 years | |||
| Non-compete agreements |
3 to 5 years | |||
| Backlog |
1 to 4 years |
With respect to intangible assets (excluding goodwill), we review for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For those assets that are held and used, we recognize an impairment loss only if its carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measure the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell.
We assess our goodwill for impairment annually (as of October 1 of each year) or whenever significant indicators of impairment are present. We first assess whether we can reach a more likely than not conclusion that goodwill is not impaired via qualitative analysis alone. To the extent, such a conclusion cannot be reached based solely on a qualitative assessment, we (using the assistance of a valuation specialist as appropriate) compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its associated carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, then a hypothetical acquisition method allocation is performed to determine the amount of the goodwill impairment to recognize.
During 2013, we identified payer services, provider revenue cycle solutions, ambulatory provider services and pharmacy services operating segments as our reporting units. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using a methodology that considers both income and market approaches. Specifically, for 2013, we estimated fair value of our reporting units based on the weighted average of fair value measures estimated under the income and market approaches.
46
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Each approach requires the use of certain assumptions. The income approach requires management to exercise judgment in making assumptions regarding the reporting unit’s future income stream, a discount rate and a constant rate of growth after the initial five year forecast period utilized. These assumptions are subject to change based on business and economic conditions and could materially affect the indicated values of our reporting units. For example, a 100 basis point increase in our selected discount rate would result in a decrease in the indicated value of our payer services, provider revenue cycle solutions, ambulatory provider services and pharmacy services reporting units of approximately $147.0 million, $62.0 million, $56.0 million and $34.0 million, respectively. However, as the indicated fair value of each reporting unit exceeded their respective carrying values in the most recent annual impairment test by approximately $837.0 million, $186.0 million, $275.0 million and $46.0 million, respectively, we do not believe that any of our reporting units are at risk of failing step one of our annual impairment test.
The market approach requires management to exercise judgment in its selection of guideline companies, as well in its selection of the most relevant transaction multiple. Guideline companies selected are comparable to us in terms of product or service offerings, markets and/or customers, among other characteristics.
Income Taxes
We record deferred income taxes for the tax effect of differences between book and tax bases of our assets and liabilities, as well as differences related to the timing of recognition of income and expenses.
Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including our past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, reversing taxable temporary differences, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved would adversely affect utilization of our deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset.
We recognize tax benefits for uncertain tax positions at the time that we conclude the tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The benefit, if any, is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period that they meet the more likely than not standard, are resolved through negotiation or litigation with the taxing authority or on expiration of the statute of limitations.
Tax Receivable Agreement Obligations
The Company is a party to tax receivable agreements which obligate us to make payments to certain current and former owners of the Company, including affiliates of Blackstone, Hellman & Friedman and certain members of management (collectively, the “TRA Members”), equal to 85% of the applicable cash savings that the Company realizes as a result of tax attributes arising from certain previous transactions, including the 2011 Transactions.
Prior to the Merger, the Company’s balance sheet reflected these obligations at the amount that was both probable and reasonably estimable. In connection with the Merger, the tax receivable agreement obligations were adjusted to their fair value. The determination of the fair value required management to make assumptions as to the timing of the realization of net operating losses, the timing of payments to the TRA Members and the tax rates in effect during the life of the agreements. Changes in any of these or other factors are expected to result in increases or decreases to the gross payments due under the tax receivable agreements. For example, if our corporate tax rate were to increase by 100 basis points, the gross obligation under the tax receivable agreements would increase by approximately $12.4 million.
47
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The fair value of these obligations at the time of the Merger is being accreted to the amount of the gross expected obligation using the interest method. Changes in the amount of these obligations resulting from changes to either the timing or amount of cash flows are recognized in the period of change and measured using the discount rate inherent in the initial fair value of the obligations. The accretion of these obligations is classified as a separate caption in our consolidated statements of operations.
Results of Operations
The following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively (amounts in thousands).
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fiscal Year Ended | Fiscal Year Ended | November 2, 2011 through |
January 1, 2011 through | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2013 | December 31, 2012 | December 31, 2011 | November 1, 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| % of | % of | % of | % of | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amount | Revenue | Amount | Revenue | Amount | Revenue | Amount | Revenue | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Revenues |
$ | 1,242,567 | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,152,313 | 100.0 | % | $ | 187,116 | 100.0 | % | $ | 913,779 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Cost and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below) |
758,025 | 61.0 | 693,819 | 60.2 | 111,905 | 59.8 | 544,407 | 59.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Development and engineering |
32,612 | 2.6 | 34,591 | 3.0 | 5,268 | 2.8 | 26,828 | 2.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Sales, marketing, general and administrative |
180,637 | 14.5 | 151,137 | 13.1 | 23,910 | 12.8 | 123,361 | 13.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
183,839 | 14.8 | 187,225 | 16.2 | 29,094 | 15.5 | 128,761 | 14.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accretion |
26,470 | 2.1 | 8,666 | 0.8 | 2,459 | 1.3 | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Transaction related costs |
— | 1,250 | 17,857 | 66,625 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating income |
60,984 | 4.9 | 75,625 | 6.6 | (3,377 | ) | (1.8 | ) | 23,797 | 2.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense, net |
153,169 | 12.3 | 172,253 | 14.9 | 29,343 | 15.7 | 43,202 | 4.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
23,160 | 1.9 | 21,853 | 1.9 | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
(4,202 | ) | (0.3 | ) | — | — | (5,841 | ) | (3.1 | ) | (8,023 | ) | (0.9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit) |
(111,143 | ) | (8.9 | ) | (118,481 | ) | (10.3 | ) | (26,879 | ) | (14.4 | ) | (11,382 | ) | (1.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
| Income tax provision (benefit) |
(36,685 | ) | (3.0 | ) | (40,146 | ) | (3.5 | ) | (10,185 | ) | (5.4 | ) | 8,201 | 0.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
$ | (74,458 | ) | (6.0 | )% | $ | (78,335 | ) | (6.8 | )% | $ | (16,694 | ) | (8.9 | )% | $ | (19,583 | ) | (2.1 | )% | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
48
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Ended Year December 31, 2012
Revenues
Our total revenues were $1,242.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $1,152.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $90.3 million, or 7.8%.
On an overall basis, revenues were adversely affected during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 by the continued impact of lower healthcare utilization driven by high unemployment and other economic factors. These negative impacts on revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were offset partially by acquisition accounting adjustments in connection with the 2011 Transactions, which reduced the revenue that would have otherwise been recognized in the prior year period. Additional factors affecting our revenues are described in the various segment discussions below.
Cost of Operations
Our total cost of operations was $758.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $693.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $64.2 million, or 9.3%. As a percentage of revenue, our cost of operations was 61.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 60.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in our cost of operations and as a percentage of revenue is primarily due to volume growth, including the impact of the USPS postage rate increases effective in January 2012 and January 2013, the inclusion of the acquired TC3 and Goold businesses and increased strategic growth initiative, acquisition-related and non-employee labor costs.
Development and Engineering Expense
Our total development and engineering expense was $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $2.0 million, or 5.7%. The decrease in our development and engineering expense is primarily due to labor utilization and other efficiencies.
Sales, Marketing, General and Administrative Expense
Our total sales, marketing, general and administrative expense was $180.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $151.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $29.5 million, or 19.5%. The increase in our sales, marketing, general and administrative expense was primarily due to increased equity compensation expense, increased severance costs related to the departure of our former chief executive officer and other executives, the inclusion of the acquired TC3 and Goold businesses, a charge related to canceling a product development project, an estimated potential loss associated with a vendor fee dispute and increased strategic growth initiative costs. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in fees associated with the April 2012 and April 2013 amendments of the Senior Credit Agreement, other professional fees and software maintenance costs.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense
Our depreciation and amortization expense was $183.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $187.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $3.4 million, or 1.8%. This decrease was primarily due to the full amortization of our backlog intangible assets that were initially recorded in connection with the 2011 Transactions, partially offset by additional expense attributable to increased capital expenditures and acquisition activity.
Accretion Expense
Our accretion expense was $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The amount recognized as accretion expense can vary significantly from period to period due to changes in estimates related to the amount or timing of our tax receivable agreement obligation payments. Such changes can result from a variety of factors, including changes in tax rates and the expected timing of prior net operating loss utilization, which can be affected by business combinations, changes in leverage, operations or other factors. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2013 was related to changes in estimate caused by the Goold acquisition, as well as the April 2013 repricing of our Senior Credit Agreement.
49
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Interest Expense
Our interest expense was $153.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $172.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $19.1 million, or 11.1%. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes the effect of lower interest rates on the Senior Credit Agreement as a result of the April 2012 and April 2013 repricing transactions, partially offset by additional borrowings in connection with the TC3 acquisition.
Income Taxes
Our income tax benefit was $36.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to an income tax benefit of $40.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our effective tax rate was 33.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 33.9% for the year ended December 31, 2012. Differences between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rates for these periods principally relate to an increase in state tax rates and a change in methodology of estimating state income taxes from a separate return basis to, where permitted by the state taxing authorities, a consolidated state return basis.
Segment Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA
During 2013, we operated our business in four operating segments: payer services, provider revenue cycle solutions, ambulatory provider services and pharmacy services. In addition, we maintain a corporate function which includes management, administrative and other shared corporate services such as information technology, legal, finance, human resources, marketing and product management.
Financial information for each of our segments is set forth in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report. The segment profit measure primarily utilized by management is adjusted EBITDA which is defined as EBITDA (defined as net income before income tax provision (benefit), net interest expense and depreciation and amortization), plus certain other non-cash or non-operating items. The non-cash or other non-operating items affecting the segment profit measure generally include equity compensation; acquisition accounting adjustments; acquisition-related costs; and strategic initiatives, duplicative and transition costs. Adjusted EBITDA for the respective segments excludes all costs and adjustments associated with the above-referenced corporate functions.
Payer Services
Our payer services segment revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):
| Year Ended | Year Ended | |||||||||||
| December 31, | December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | $ Change | ||||||||||
| Revenue: |
||||||||||||
| Claims management |
$ | 286,057 | $ | 246,048 | $ | 40,009 | ||||||
| Payment distribution services |
262,415 | 254,844 | 7,571 | |||||||||
| Intersegment revenue |
4,673 | 4,227 | 446 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | 553,145 | $ | 505,119 | $ | 48,026 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 220,925 | $ | 202,355 | $ | 18,570 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
50
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Claims management revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $40.0 million, or 16.3%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Claims management revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 included $47.0 million related to the TC3 acquisition as compared to $25.4 in the year ended December 31, 2012. Excluding this revenue, claims management revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $18.4 million, or 8.4%, as compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to new sales and implementations, partially offset by the impact of market pricing pressures on our transaction rates.
Payment distribution services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $7.6 million, or 3.0%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by new sales and implementations and the impact of the USPS postage rate increases effective in January 2012 and January 2013, partially offset by customer attrition.
Payer services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $18.6 million, or 9.2%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. As a percentage of revenue, payer services adjusted EBITDA was 39.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 40.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in payer services adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to the impact of the revenue items described above, including the TC3 acquisition, partially offset by increased strategic growth initiative costs.
Provider Revenue Cycle Solutions
Our provider revenue cycle solutions segment revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):
| Year Ended | Year Ended | |||||||||||
| December 31, | December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | $ Change | ||||||||||
| Revenue: |
||||||||||||
| Revenue cycle technology |
$ | 120,641 | $ | 108,728 | $ | 11,913 | ||||||
| Revenue cycle services |
123,471 | 114,487 | 8,984 | |||||||||
| Intersegment revenue |
1,333 | 889 | 444 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | 245,445 | $ | 224,104 | $ | 21,341 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 101,174 | $ | 102,299 | $ | (1,125 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Revenue cycle technology revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $11.9 million, or 11.0%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to new sales and implementations, partially offset by customer attrition.
Revenue cycle services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $9.0 million, or 7.8%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to new sales and implementations, partially offset by contracted service modifications and the effects of changing reimbursement patterns and rates of federal and state payers related to our government program eligibility and enrollment services.
Provider revenue cycle solutions adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased by $1.1 million, or 1.1%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. As a percentage of revenue, provider revenue cycle solutions adjusted EBITDA was 41.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 45.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in provider revenue cycle solutions adjusted EBITDA and as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to increased labor costs in advance of related revenues, contracted service modifications and the effects of changing reimbursement patterns and rates of federal and state payers related to our government program eligibility and enrollment services and increased strategic growth initiative costs, partially offset by the impact of the other revenue items described above.
51
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Ambulatory Provider Services
Our ambulatory provider services segment revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):
| Year Ended | Year Ended | |||||||||||
| December 31, | December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | $ Change | ||||||||||
| Revenue: |
||||||||||||
| Patient billing and payment services |
$ | 252,830 | $ | 254,182 | $ | (1,352 | ) | |||||
| Physician services |
77,697 | 73,314 | 4,383 | |||||||||
| Dental |
32,375 | 31,586 | 789 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | 362,902 | $ | 359,082 | $ | 3,820 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 96,899 | $ | 98,058 | $ | (1,159 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Patient billing and payment services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased by $1.4 million, or 0.5%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to customer attrition and lower volumes, partially offset by new sales and implementations and the impact of the USPS postage rate increases effective in January 2012 and January 2013.
Physician services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $4.4 million, or 6.0%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to new sales and implementations, partially offset by customer attrition.
Dental revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 were generally consistent with those reflected in the year ended December 31, 2012.
Ambulatory provider services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased by $1.2 million, or 1.2%, as compared to the prior year period. As a percentage of revenue, ambulatory provider services adjusted EBITDA was 26.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 27.3% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in ambulatory provider services adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to increased strategic growth initiative costs. The decrease as a percentage of revenue is primarily due to increased strategic initiative growth costs and the impact of the USPS postage rate increases effective in January 2012 and January 2013.
Pharmacy Services
Our pharmacy services segment revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):
| Year Ended | Year Ended | |||||||||||
| December 31, | December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | $ Change | ||||||||||
| Revenue: |
||||||||||||
| Pharmacy services |
$ | 112,083 | $ | 95,079 | $ | 17,004 | ||||||
| Intersegment revenue |
334 | 350 | (16 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | 112,417 | $ | 95,429 | $ | 16,988 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 51,987 | $ | 48,932 | $ | 3,055 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Pharmacy services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $17.0 million, or 17.9%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Pharmacy services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 included $11.7 million related to the Goold acquisition. Excluding this revenue, pharmacy services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $5.3 million, or 5.6%, as compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to new sales and implementations.
52
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $3.1 million, or 6.2%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA is primarily due to the impact of the revenue items described above. As a percentage of revenue, pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA was 46.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 51.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to increased strategic growth initiative and channel partner costs and the impact of the Goold acquisition, partially offset by the impact of the revenue items discussed above.
53
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) Compared to the Periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 (Successor) and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 (Predecessor)
Revenues
Our total revenues were $1,152.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $187.1 million for the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and $913.8 million for the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011.
On an overall basis, revenues were adversely affected by the continued impact of lower healthcare utilization driven by continued high unemployment and other economic factors. Our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 were further adversely impacted by acquisition method adjustments in connection with the 2011 Transactions which reduced the revenue that would otherwise have been recognized during the period. Additional factors affecting our revenues are described in the various segment discussions below.
Cost of Operations
Our total cost of operations was $693.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $111.9 million and $544.4 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, our cost of operations was 60.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 59.8% and 59.6% for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. Cost of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the prior year periods reflect changes in revenue mix, the inclusion of the acquired Equiclaim and TC3 businesses and the impact of USPS postage rate increases.
Development and Engineering Expense
Our total development and engineering expense was $34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $5.3 million and $26.8 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively, reflecting increased strategic growth initiative costs.
Sales, Marketing, General and Administrative Expense
Our total sales, marketing, general and administrative expense was $151.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $23.9 million and $123.4 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. Sales, marketing, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflects the inclusion of the infrastructure associated with acquired businesses and monitoring and advisory fees paid to affiliates of Blackstone and Hellman & Friedman as a result of the 2011 Transactions.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense
Our depreciation and amortization expense was $187.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $29.1 million and $128.8 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes additional expense attributable to capital expenditures and acquisition activity, as well as the increased value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired in connection with the Merger.
Accretion Expense
Our accretion expense was $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $2.5 million and $0.0 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. The amount recognized as accretion expense can vary significantly from period to period due to changes in estimates related to the amount or timing of our tax receivable agreement obligation payments. Such changes can result from a variety of factors, including changes in tax rates and the expected timing of prior net operating loss utilization, which can be affected by business combinations, changes in leverage, operations or other factors.
54
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Transaction Related Costs
Transaction related costs were $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $17.9 million and $66.6 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. The transaction related costs in all periods primarily consisted of professional and other advisory fees incurred and the immediate expensing of all previously unrecognized equity compensation of $35.3 million related to the accelerated vesting of equity awards in connection with the 2011 Transactions.
Interest Expense
Our interest expense was $172.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $29.3 million and $43.2 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes the effect of additional debt and higher interest rates following the 2011 Transactions as compared to the prior year periods.
Income Taxes
Our income tax benefit was $40.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to an income tax benefit of $10.2 million and income tax expense of $8.2 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. Differences between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rates for these periods principally relate to the change in our book basis versus tax basis of our investment in EBS Master, including the effect of income allocated to a noncontrolling interest, valuation allowance changes, state income tax rate changes and the impact of other permanent differences relative to pretax income.
Segment Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA
Payer Services
Our payer services revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
| Fiscal | November 2 | January 1 | ||||||||||||
| Year Ended | through | through | ||||||||||||
| December 31, | December 31, | November 1, | ||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | ||||||||||||
| Revenue: |
||||||||||||||
| Claims management |
$ | 246,048 | $ | 36,305 | $ | 177,568 | ||||||||
| Payment distribution services |
254,844 | 41,140 | 201,982 | |||||||||||
| Intersegment revenue |
4,227 | 514 | 2,845 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| $ | 505,119 | $ | 77,959 | $ | 382,395 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 202,355 | $ | 30,456 | $ | 149,741 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Claims management revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $52.0 million related to the TC3 and Equiclaim acquisitions as compared to $4.3 million and $12.2 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively, related to the EquiClaim acquisition. Market pricing pressures on our average transaction rates continued to adversely impact our claims management revenues for all such periods.
55
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Payment distribution services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 reflect new sales and implementations, as well as the impact of the USPS postage rate increases effective in April 2011 and January 2012.
Payer services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $202.4 million as compared to $30.5 million and $149.7 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, payer services adjusted EBITDA was 40.1% the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 39.1% and 39.2% for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. Payer services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflects the impact of the revenue items described above, including the TC3 and Equiclaim acquisitions, partially offset by increased strategic growth initiative costs.
Provider Revenue Cycle Solutions
Our provider revenue cycle solutions segment revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
| Fiscal | November 2 | January 1 | ||||||||||||
| Year Ended | through | through | ||||||||||||
| December 31, | December 31, | November 1, | ||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | ||||||||||||
| Revenue: |
||||||||||||||
| Revenue cycle technology |
$ | 108,728 | $ | 16,750 | $ | 86,916 | ||||||||
| Revenue cycle services |
114,487 | 18,760 | 92,045 | |||||||||||
| Intersegment revenue |
889 | 107 | 450 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| $ | 224,104 | $ | 35,617 | $ | 179,411 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 102,299 | $ | 15,325 | $ | 82,218 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Revenue cycle technology revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 reflect the impact of new sales and implementations, partially offset by customer attrition.
Revenue cycle services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 reflect the impact of new sales and implementations, partially offset by contracted service modifications and the effects of changing reimbursement patterns and rates of federal and state payers related to our government program eligibility and enrollment services.
Provider revenue cycle solutions adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $102.3 million as compared to $15.3 million and $82.2 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, provider revenue cycle solutions adjusted EBITDA was 45.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 43.0% and 45.8% for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. Provider revenue cycle solutions adjusted EBITDA and as a percentage of revenue for all such periods reflects the impact of the revenue items described above and increased strategic growth initiative costs.
56
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Ambulatory Provider Services
Our ambulatory provider services segment revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
| Fiscal | November 2 | January 1 | ||||||||||||
| Year Ended | through | through | ||||||||||||
| December 31, | December 31, | November 1, | ||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | ||||||||||||
| Revenue: |
||||||||||||||
| Patient billing and payment services |
$ | 254,182 | $ | 42,024 | $ | 213,846 | ||||||||
| Physician services |
73,314 | 15,338 | 60,672 | |||||||||||
| Dental |
31,586 | 5,167 | 25,926 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| $ | 359,082 | $ | 62,529 | $ | 300,444 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 98,058 | $ | 17,664 | $ | 82,591 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Patient billing and payment services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 reflect the impact of customer attrition, partially offset by new sales and implementations and the impact of the USPS postage rate increases effective in April 2011 and January 2012.
Physician services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 reflect customer attrition, partially offset by new sales and implementations.
Dental revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 were generally consistent with those reflected in the prior year periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011.
Ambulatory provider services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $98.1 million as compared to $17.7 million and $82.6 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, ambulatory provider services adjusted EBITDA was 27.3% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 28.2% and 27.5% for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. Ambulatory provider services adjusted EBITDA and as a percentage of revenue for all such periods were impacted by the USPS postage rate increases effective in April 2011 and January 2012 and increased labor and strategic growth initiative costs.
57
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Pharmacy Services
Our pharmacy services revenue and adjusted EBITDA is summarized in the following table (in thousands):
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
| Fiscal | November 2 | January 1 | ||||||||||||
| Year Ended | through | through | ||||||||||||
| December 31, | December 31, | November 1, | ||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | ||||||||||||
| Revenue: |
||||||||||||||
| Pharmacy services |
$ | 95,079 | $ | 14,899 | $ | 70,309 | ||||||||
| Intersegment revenue |
350 | 62 | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| $ | 95,429 | $ | 14,961 | $ | 70,309 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 48,932 | $ | 7,528 | $ | 34,156 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Pharmacy services revenue was $95.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $14.9 million and $70.3 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. The increase over the prior year periods reflect new sales and implementations.
Pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $48.9 million as compared to $7.5 million and $34.2 million for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. As a percentage of revenue, pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA was 51.3% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 50.3% and 48.6% for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. Pharmacy services adjusted EBITDA and as a percentage of revenue for all such periods reflect the impact of the revenue items discussed above.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
General
We are a holding company with no material business operations. Our principal assets are the equity interests we own in our subsidiaries. We conduct all of our business operations through our direct and indirect subsidiaries. Accordingly, our only material sources of cash are borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities and dividends or other distributions or payments that are derived from earnings and cash flow generated by our subsidiaries.
We anticipate cash generated by operations, the funds available under our Senior Credit Facilities, including our Revolving Facility, and existing cash and equivalents will be sufficient to meet working capital requirements, service our debt and finance capital expenditures. There can be no assurance, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our Senior Credit Facilities in amounts sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs.
We and our subsidiaries, affiliates or significant stockholders may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt (including our Senior Notes) through cash purchases and/or exchanges for equity securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.
58
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Cash Flows
Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $150.4 million and $78.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The $71.5 million increase for 2013 as compared to 2012 is primarily due to business growth, the timing and reduction of interest payments under our Senior Credit Facilities and the timing of collections and disbursements.
Cash used in operating activities was $28.8 million for the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011. Cash provided by operating activities was $208.9 million for the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011. Cash used in operating activities for the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 included payment of transaction related costs of $48.2 million in connection with the 2011 Transactions. Cash provided by operations for the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 includes significantly less interest expense associated with our capital structure prior to the 2011 Transactions.
Cash provided by operating activities can be significantly impacted by our non-cash working capital assets and liabilities, which may vary based on the timing of cash receipts that fluctuate by day of week and/or month and also may be impacted by cash management decisions.
Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities was $83.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $121.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $1,951.5 million for the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and $91.3 million for the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011. Cash used in investing activities for all such periods primarily consisted of capital expenditures for property and equipment and cash consideration paid for acquisitions including payments of $1,932.9 million related to the 2011 Transactions. In addition, the Company received proceeds of $5.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 related to the sale of its equity interest in a cost method investment.
Financing Activities
Cash used in financing activities was $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily consisted of principal payments under our Senior Credit Facilities and deferred financing arrangements.
Cash provided by financing activities was $36.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $1,811.8 million for the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily consisted of net proceeds of additional term loans received in connection with the April 2012 amendment of our Senior Credit Agreement, partially offset by principal payments under our Senior Credit Facilities. In connection with the 2011 Transactions, during the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011, we received capital contributions from Parent of $852.9 million and borrowed approximately $1,903.6 million (net of borrowing costs and discount) which we used to fund the Merger and repay amounts outstanding under our prior credit facilities. Cash used in financing activities was $10.4 million for the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011. During the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, we made regularly scheduled principal payments under our prior credit facilities.
59
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Long-term Debt
In November 2011, we entered into the Senior Credit Agreement which was comprised of the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Facility, $375.0 million of 2019 Notes and $375.0 million of 2020 Notes
Long-term debt as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
| Senior Credit Facilities |
||||||||
| $1,301 million Senior Secured Term Loan facility, due November 2, 2018, net of unamortized discount of $15,826 and $32,426 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively (effective interest rate of 4.21% and 5.82% at December 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012 respectively) |
$ | 1,262,445 | $ | 1,258,758 | ||||
| $125 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit facility, expiring on November 2, 2016 and bearing interest at a variable base rate plus a spread rate |
— | — | ||||||
| Senior Notes |
||||||||
| $375 million 11% Senior Notes due December 31, 2019, net of unamortized discount of $7,664 and $8,506 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively (effective interest rate of 11.53% at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) |
367,336 | 366,494 | ||||||
| $375 million 11.25% Senior Notes due December 31, 2020, net of unamortized discount of $9,560 and $10,393 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 respectively (effective interest rate of 11.86% at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) |
365,440 | 364,607 | ||||||
| Obligation under data sublicense agreement |
22,543 | 26,863 | ||||||
| Other |
12,592 | 288 | ||||||
| Less current portion |
(31,330 | ) | (17,595 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Long-term debt |
$ | 1,999,026 | $ | 1,999,415 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Senior Credit Facilities
The Senior Credit Agreement provides that, subject to certain conditions, we may request additional tranches of term loans, increase commitments under the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or add one or more incremental revolving facility tranches (provided that the revolving credit commitments outstanding at any time have no more than three different maturity dates) in an aggregate amount not to exceed (a) $300.0 million plus (b) an unlimited amount at any time, subject to compliance on a pro forma basis with a first lien net leverage ratio of no greater than 4.00:1.00. Availability of such additional tranches of term loans or revolving facilities and/or increased commitments is subject to, among other conditions, the absence of any default under the Senior Credit Agreement and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions. Proceeds of the Revolving Facility, including up to $30.0 million in the form of borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans, and up to $50.0 million in the form of letters of credit, are available to provide financing for working capital and general corporate purposes.
Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities bear interest at an annual rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the applicable prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for United States dollar deposits for an interest period of one month, adjusted for certain additional costs, plus 1.00%, which base rate, in the case of the Term Loan Facility only, shall be no less than 2.25% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for United States dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, which, in the case of the Term Loan Facility only, shall be no less than 1.25%.
60
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
In April 2012, we amended the Senior Credit Agreement to reprice the Senior Credit Facilities and borrow $80.0 million of additional term loans for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. Following this amendment, the LIBOR-based interest rate on the Term Loan Facility was LIBOR plus 3.75%, compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 5.50%. The new LIBOR-based interest rate on the Revolving Facility was LIBOR plus 3.50% (with a potential step-down to LIBOR plus 3.25% based on our first lien net leverage ratio), compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 5.25% (with a potential step-down to LIBOR plus 5.00% based on our first lien net leverage ratio).
In April 2013, we again amended the Senior Credit Agreement to further reprice, and also to modify certain financial covenants under, the Senior Credit Facilities. Following this amendment, the interest rate on the Term Loan Facility is LIBOR plus 2.50%, compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.75%. The new interest rate on the Revolving Facility is LIBOR plus 2.50%, compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.50% (or 3.25% based on a specified first lien net leverage ratio). The Term Loan Facility remains subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%, and there continues to be no LIBOR floor on the Revolving Facility. In connection with the April 2013 repricing, the Senior Credit Agreement also was amended to, among other things, eliminate the financial covenant in the Senior Credit Facilities related to the consolidated cash interest coverage ratio and modify the financial covenant related to the net leverage test by maintaining the required first lien net leverage ratio at its current level of 5.35 to 1.00 for the remaining term of the Senior Credit Facilities.
These amendments to the Senior Credit Agreement resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $23.2 million and $21.9 million and other expenses related to fees paid to third parties of $1.2 million and $3.6 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which have been reflected within sales, marketing, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facilities, we are required to pay customary agency fees, letter of credit fees and a 0.50% commitment fee in respect of the unutilized commitments under the Revolving Facility.
The Senior Credit Agreement requires that we prepay outstanding loans under the Term Loan Facility, subject to certain exceptions, with (a) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt other than debt permitted under the Senior Credit Agreement, (b) commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and 0% based on our first lien net leverage ratio) of our annual excess cash flow and (c) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and casualty and condemnation events, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions.
We generally may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior Credit Facilities at any time without premium or penalty other than breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans; provided, however, the Company may be subject to a prepayment premium of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the loans so prepaid based on the timing of certain repricing transactions.
We are required to make quarterly payments equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the loans under the Term Loan Facility, with the balance due and payable on November 2, 2018. Any principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Facility is due and payable on November 2, 2016.
Certain of our United States wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries, together with the Company, are co-borrowers and jointly and severally liable for all obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities. Such obligations of the co-borrowers are unconditionally guaranteed by Beagle Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, the Company and each of our existing and future United States wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries (with certain exceptions including immaterial subsidiaries). These obligations are secured by a perfected security interest in substantially all of the assets of the co-borrowers and guarantors now owned or later acquired, including a pledge of all of the capital stock of the Company and our United States wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of our foreign restricted subsidiaries, subject in each case to the exclusion of certain assets and additional exceptions.
61
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The Senior Credit Agreement requires us to comply with a maximum first lien net leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter. A breach of the first lien net leverage ratio covenant is subject to certain equity cure rights. In addition, the Senior Credit Facilities contain a number of negative covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to:
| • | incur additional indebtedness or guarantees; |
| • | incur liens; |
| • | make investments, loans and acquisitions; |
| • | consolidate or merge; |
| • | sell assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; |
| • | pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock of the Company or any restricted subsidiary; |
| • | alter the business of the Company; |
| • | amend, prepay, redeem or purchase subordinated debt; |
| • | engage in transactions with affiliates; and |
| • | enter into agreements limiting dividends and distributions of certain subsidiaries. |
The Senior Credit Agreement also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and provisions relating to events of default (including upon change of control).
Senior Notes
The 2019 Notes bear interest at an annual rate of 11% with interest payable semi-annually on June 30 and December 31 of each year. The 2019 Notes mature on December 31, 2019. The 2020 Notes bear interest at an annual rate of 11.25% with interest payable quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. The 2020 Notes mature on December 31, 2020.
We may redeem the 2019 Notes, the 2020 Notes or both, in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 31, 2015 at the applicable redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, at any time prior to December 31, 2014, we may, at our option and on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes or the 2020 Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount, plus a premium equal to the stated interest rate on the 2019 Notes or the 2020 Notes, respectively, plus accrued and unpaid interest with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes or 2020 Notes, respectively, originally issued (including any additional notes) remain outstanding immediately after such redemption and the redemption occurs within 180 days of the equity offering. At any time prior to December 31, 2015, we may redeem the 2019 Notes, the 2020 Notes or both, in whole or in part, at our option and on one or more occasions, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus an applicable premium and accrued and unpaid interest. If we experience specific kinds of changes in control, we must offer to purchase the Senior Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future indebtedness and senior in right of payment to all of our existing and future subordinated indebtedness. Our obligations under the Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis by all of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized wholly-owned United States restricted subsidiaries that guarantee our Senior Credit Facilities or our other indebtedness or indebtedness of any affiliate guarantor. The Senior Notes and the related guarantees are effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured obligations and that of our affiliate guarantors to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such obligations, and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes.
The indentures governing the Senior Notes (the “Indentures”) contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to:
| • | pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock; |
62
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| • | incur additional indebtedness or issue certain capital stock; |
| • | incur certain liens; |
| • | make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions; |
| • | consolidate, merge or transfer of all or substantially all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries; |
| • | prepay subordinated debt; |
| • | engage in certain transactions with our affiliates; and |
| • | enter into agreements restricting our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends. |
The Indentures also contain certain affirmative covenants and events of default.
Summary Disclosures about Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
Contractual Obligations
The following table presents certain minimum payments due under contractual obligations with minimum firm commitments as of December 31, 2013:
| Payments by Period | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | Less than 1 year |
1-3 years | 3-5 years | After 5 years | ||||||||||||||||
| (in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Senior Credit Facilities and other long-term obligations(1) |
$ | 1,313,407 | $ | 31,330 | $ | 48,596 | $ | 1,233,481 | $ | — | ||||||||||
| 2019 Notes(2) |
375,000 | — | — | — | 375,000 | |||||||||||||||
| 2020 Notes(3) |
375,000 | — | — | — | 375,000 | |||||||||||||||
| Expected interest(4) |
777,143 | 134,590 | 265,118 | 251,810 | 125,625 | |||||||||||||||
| Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties(5) |
359,243 | 974 | 14,512 | 139,750 | 204,007 | |||||||||||||||
| Operating lease obligations(6) |
56,944 | 10,224 | 17,965 | 14,693 | 14,062 | |||||||||||||||
| Contingent consideration obligation(7) |
5,484 | 5,484 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Purchase obligations and other(8) |
64,819 | 12,346 | 23,489 | 12,151 | 16,833 | |||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swap agreements(9) |
4,842 | 2,585 | 2,257 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total contractual obligations(10) |
$ | 3,331,881 | $ | 197,533 | $ | 371,937 | $ | 1,651,884 | $ | 1,110,527 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| (1) | Represents the principal amount of indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities, deferred financing obligations and our data sublicense agreement. |
| (2) | Represents the principal amount of indebtedness under the 2019 Notes without reduction for any original issue discount. |
| (3) | Represents the principal amount of indebtedness under the 2020 Notes without reduction for any original issue discount. |
| (4) | Consists of both interest payable under the Senior Credit Facilities, Senior Notes and imputed interest payable under our data sublicense agreement. Interest related to the Senior Credit Facilities is based on our interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2013 and assumes that we make no optional or mandatory prepayments of principal prior to their maturity. Because the interest rates under the Senior Credit Facilities are variable, actual payments may differ. |
63
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| (5) | Represents amount due based on facts and circumstances existing as of December 31, 2013 (without reduction for any fair value adjustment recognized in acquisition method accounting). The timing and/or amount of the aggregate payments due may vary based on a number of factors, including the amount and timing of the taxable income the Company generates in the future and the tax rate then applicable, the use of loss carryovers and the portion of payments under the tax receivable agreements constituting imputed interest or amortizable basis. |
| (6) | Represents amounts due under existing operating leases related to our offices and other facilities. |
| (7) | Contingent consideration transferred in connection with the Goold acquisition includes a contingent obligation to make additional payments based on the achievement of certain future performance objectives. Because the ultimate timing and amount of payments are dependent on the outcome of future events, the timing and/or amount of these additional payments may vary from this estimate. |
| (8) | Represents contractual commitments under the transaction and advisory fee agreement we entered into with affiliates of Blackstone and Hellman & Friedman in connection with the 2011 Transactions, certain telecommunication and other supply contracts, and certain other obligations. Where our purchase commitments are cumulative over a period of time (i.e. no specified annual commitment), the table above assumes such commitments will be fulfilled on a ratable basis over the commitment period. |
| (9) | Under our interest rate swap agreements, we receive a three-month LIBOR rate and pay a fixed rate of 1.6485% on a $640.0 million notional amount. The amounts in the above table represent the net amounts we expect to pay (including interest) in the respective periods based upon the three-month LIBOR yield curve in effect as of December 31, 2013. |
| (10) | Total contractual obligations exclude liabilities for uncertain tax positions of $1.4 million and commitments of a maximum of $8.2 million potentially due under the Company’s long term incentive plans from the above table due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the ultimate amount, if any, and timing of future cash payments. |
See the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional information related to our operating leases and other commitments and contingencies.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of the filing of this Annual Report, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements or obligations, other than those related to surety bonds of an insignificant amount.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Our recent accounting pronouncements are summarized in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
| ITEM 7A. | QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK |
We have interest rate risk primarily related to borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement. Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities bear interest at an annual rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the applicable prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for United States dollar deposits for an interest period of one month, adjusted for certain additional costs, plus 1.00%, which base rate, in the case of the Term Loan Facility only, shall be no less than 2.25%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for United States dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, which, in the case of the Term Loan Facility only, shall be no less than 1.25%.
64
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding borrowings of $1,278.3 million (before unamortized debt discount) under the Senior Credit Agreement. The LIBOR-based interest rate on the Term Loan Facility is LIBOR plus 2.50%. The LIBOR-based interest rate on the Revolving Facility is LIBOR plus 2.50%. The Term Loan Facility is subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25% and there is no LIBOR floor on the Revolving Facility.
We manage economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of our debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, we enter into interest rate swap agreements to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. Our interest rate swap agreements are used to manage differences in the amount, timing and duration of our known or expected cash receipts and our known or expected cash payments principally related to our borrowings.
In January 2012, we executed three interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $640.0 million to reduce the variability of interest payments associated with the Term Loan Facility. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our interest rate swap agreements were designated as a cash flow hedge so that changes in the fair market value of the interest rate swap agreements were included within other comprehensive income.
A change in interest rates on variable rate debt may impact our pretax earnings and cash flows. However, due to a floor on the floating rate index of 1.25% under the Term Loan Facility, as of December 31, 2013, our interest rates must increase by more than 100 basis points before our interest expense or cash flows are affected. Based on our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2013, and assuming that our mix of debt instruments, interest rate swaps and other variables remain the same, the annualized effect of a one percentage point change in variable interest rates would have no impact on our earnings and cash flows.
In the future, in order to manage our interest rate risk, we may refinance our existing debt, enter into additional interest rate swap agreements, modify our existing interest rate swap agreements or make changes that may impact our ability to treat our interest rate swaps as a cash flow hedge. However, we do not intend or expect to enter into derivative or interest rate swap transactions for speculative purposes.
| ITEM 8. | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA |
Information with respect to this Item is contained in our consolidated financial statements beginning on Page F-1 of this Annual Report.
| ITEM 9. | CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE |
None.
65
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| ITEM 9A. | CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES |
Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), management has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2013. Based upon that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in causing material information relating to us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) to be recorded, processed, summarized and reported by management on a timely basis and to ensure the quality and timeliness of our public disclosures with SEC disclosure obligations.
Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process that is designed under the supervision of our CEO and CFO, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
| i. | Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; |
| ii. | Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures recorded by us are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and board of directors; and |
| iii. | Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. |
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
Management has conducted its evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing the operational effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
Management reviewed the results of the assessment with the audit committee of the board of directors. Based on its assessment and review with the audit committee, management concluded that, at December 31, 2013, we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
66
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| ITEM 9B. | OTHER INFORMATION |
None.
| ITEM 10. | DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE |
Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth information with respect to current members of our board of directors as well as information relating to our current executive officers (ages are as of March 1, 2014).
| Name |
Age | Position | ||
| Neil E. de Crescenzo | 52 | Chief Executive Officer, Director | ||
| Bob A. Newport, Jr. | 54 | Chief Financial Officer | ||
| Randy Giles | 56 | Executive Vice President — Finance | ||
| T. Ulrich Brechbühl | 50 | Executive Vice President — Provider Services | ||
| Kevin Mahoney | 52 | Executive Vice President — Pharmacy Services | ||
| Gregory T. Stevens | 48 | Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary | ||
| Gary D. Stuart | 48 | Executive Vice President — Payer Services | ||
| Howard L. Lance | 58 | Chairman of the Board of Directors | ||
| Philip M. Pead | 61 | Director | ||
| Pamela J. Pure | 53 | Director | ||
| Neil P. Simpkins | 47 | Director | ||
| Justin Sunshine | 31 | Director | ||
| Allen Thorpe | 43 | Director |
Neil E. de Crescenzo. Mr. de Crescenzo, 52, has been our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since September 2013. Prior to that, Mr. de Crescenzo served as the Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Global Health Sciences business of Oracle Corporation from June 2008 to September 2013. Prior to joining Oracle in 2006, Mr. de Crescenzo spent 10 years at IBM Corporation, including his last role as senior executive for Global Healthcare Business Consulting Services. Mr. de Crescenzo received a B.A. in Political Science from Yale University and an M.B.A. from Northeastern University. As a member of Emdeon’s senior management team, Mr. de Crescenzo provides our board of directors significant management and leadership experience gained by having served in multiple management and leadership positions within large providers of software and technology products and services. In addition, our board of directors benefits from Mr. de Crescenzo’s many years of experience in the healthcare software and information technology industries.
67
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Bob A. Newport, Jr. Mr. Newport, 54, has been our Chief Financial Officer since April 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Newport served as our Vice President of Financial Planning & Analysis from January 2005 to March 2006 and our Vice President of Finance from December 2003 to December 2004. From October 2002 to December 2003, Mr. Newport served as Chief Financial Officer of Medifax EDI, Inc. Prior to joining Medifax, Mr. Newport was with Lattimore Black Morgan & Cain, a regional CPA firm, where he practiced approximately 20 years, including the last ten as a principal. Mr. Newport is a certified public accountant and received a B.S. in Accounting from Carson-Newman College. Mr. Newport will remain in his position as Chief Financial Officer until March 31, 2014 or such earlier date as we determine following the completion of Mr. Newport’s transition duties (the “Transition Date”).
Randy Giles. Mr. Giles, 56, has been our Executive Vice President — Finance since February 2014, and, effective as of the Transition Date, Mr. Giles will assume the role of Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining Emdeon, Mr. Giles was an Executive Vice President from November 2010 to April 2011 and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer for Coventry Health Care, Inc. from May 2011 to June 2013, when Coventry was acquired by Aetna. Prior to joining Coventry, Mr. Giles held numerous executive positions for UnitedHealthcare, the health benefits division of UnitedHealth Group, Inc., including serving as CEO of two of UnitedHealthcare’s health plans in Texas and Division/Region CFO for several markets from August 1993 to October 2010. Prior to joining UnitedHealthcare, Mr. Giles held senior level positions at various health plans and began his career at Ernst & Young. Mr. Giles received a B.A. in Political Science and Economics from the University of North Carolina and an M.B.A. with concentrations in Finance and Accounting from Emory University.
T. Ulrich Brechbühl. Mr. Brechbühl, 50, has been our Executive Vice President — Provider Services since May 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Brechbühl served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Chamberlin Edmonds Division since October 2010 when Emdeon acquired CEA. Prior to the acquisition by Emdeon, Mr. Brechbühl served as the Chief Executive Officer of Chamberlin Edmonds from 2007 to October 2010 and was its Chief Operating Officer from 2004 through 2006. Previously, Mr. Brechbühl served as the Chief Financial Officer and then as the President and Chief Executive Officer of MigraTEC, Inc., a publicly traded software business. Mr. Brechbühl attended the United States Military Academy at West Point, earning a Bachelor of Science degree in 1986. After six years of active duty as a cavalry officer, Mr. Brechbühl left the military in 1992 to attend Harvard Business School, from which he received his M.B.A. in 1994.
Kevin Mahoney. Mr. Mahoney, 52, has been our Executive Vice President — Pharmacy Services since August 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Mahoney served as our Senior Vice President — Pharmacy Services since April 2012. In addition, Mr. Mahoney served as our Vice President, Finance/Operations — Pharmacy Services from July 2009 when Emdeon acquired eRx until April 2012. Prior to the acquisition by Emdeon, Mr. Mahoney served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of eRx from 2003 to 2009. Mr. Mahoney received a B.A. in Accounting from Belmont Abbey College and an M.B.A. from Pace University.
Gregory T. Stevens. Mr. Stevens, 48, has been our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since July 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Stevens served as Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer of Spheris Inc. from July 2003 to June 2008. During February 2010, Spheris filed a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in order to facilitate the sale of Spheris pursuant to Section 363 thereunder to MedQuist Holdings, Inc. From March 2002 to June 2003, Mr. Stevens served as Acting General Counsel and Secretary of Luminex Corporation. From 1996 to 2002, Mr. Stevens served as the Senior Vice President and General Counsel for Envoy Corporation. Prior to joining Envoy, Mr. Stevens practiced corporate and securities law with Bass, Berry & Sims PLC. Mr. Stevens received a B.A. in Economics and History and a J.D. from Vanderbilt University.
Gary D. Stuart. Mr. Stuart, 48, has been our Executive Vice President — Payer Services since March 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Stuart served as our Executive Vice President of Payer and Vendor Strategy from August 2005 until March 2006. Mr. Stuart also served as Senior Vice President of Sales in the Transaction Services Division of WebMD Envoy from July 2002 to February 2005 and in various other capacities with WebMD since July 1998. Mr. Stuart received a B.A. in Business Administration from Texas State University.
68
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Howard L. Lance. Mr. Lance, 58, has served on our board of directors since November 2012 and became the chairman of our board of directors in February 2013. He served as the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Harris Corporation, an international communications and information technology company serving government and commercial markets in more than 150 countries, from January 2003 until December 2011. Mr. Lance serves as a director of Eastman Chemical Company, Stryker Corporation and Summit Materials LLC. Mr. Lance served as a director of Harris Stratex Networks (now Aviat Networks, Inc.) from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Lance received a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Bradley University and an M.S. in Management from Purdue University. Mr. Lance brings to our board of directors extensive leadership and management skills developed through his prior service as a senior executive officer and director of large, public companies.
Philip M. Pead. Mr. Pead, 61, rejoined our board of directors in November 2012, having previously served on our board from February 2009 through August 2011. Mr. Pead has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Progress Software Corp. since December 2012. Mr. Pead previously served as Executive Chairman and Interim Chief Executive Officer of Progress Software Corp. from November 2012 to December 2012, and as Non-Executive Chairman beginning in July 2012, having joined the Progress Software Corp. board of directors in July 2011. Prior to such time, Mr. Pead served as Chairman of the board of directors of Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc. from August 2010 through April 2012 following Allscripts’s acquisition of Eclipsys Corporation where he had served as President and Chief Executive Officer since May 2009. Mr. Pead also served as a director of Eclipsys since February 2009. Previously, Mr. Pead served as the managing partner of Beacon Point Partners LLC from March 2007 to May 2009. Mr. Pead received a B.S. in Economics from the University of London and a Business Administration Diploma from Harrow College of Technology. As the former chairman of the board of directors and executive officer of publicly-traded healthcare technology companies, Mr. Pead brings to Emdeon and our board of directors his leadership skills and intimate knowledge of the industry. Mr. Pead also has significant and varied management expertise, developed in roles of increasing responsibility throughout his career, including the integration of acquired companies, improving operating efficiencies and margins, managing complex regulatory compliance matters and growing the business, all of relevance to Emdeon.
Pamela J. Pure. Ms. Pure, 53, has served on our board of directors since January 2012. Ms. Pure has served as Chief Executive Officer of HealthMEDX, LLC, a supplier of software solutions to the extended care industry, since December 2011. Prior to that, Ms. Pure held numerous executive positions for McKesson Corporation and its affiliates since 2001, including her last role as Executive Vice President, McKesson Corporation and President, McKesson Technology Solutions from April 2004 to March 2009. Ms. Pure received a B.S. in Public Health from the University of North Carolina. Ms. Pure brings to our board of directors more than 25 years of experience in healthcare information technology and services industry.
Neil P. Simpkins. Mr. Simpkins, 47, became a member of our board of directors in November 2011 and served as the chairman of our board of directors through February 2013. Mr. Simpkins has served as a Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group of Blackstone since December 1999. From 1993 until the time he joined Blackstone, Mr. Simpkins was a Principal at Bain Capital. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Simpkins was a consultant at Bain & Company in London and in the Asia Pacific region. He currently serves, or since February 1, 2008 has served, as chairman and then lead director of TRW Automotive Holdings Corp., as lead director of Vanguard Health Systems, as a member of the board of representatives of Team Finance LLC and as a member of the board of directors of Apria Healthcare Group Inc., Summit Materials, LLC and Team Health Holdings, Inc. Mr. Simpkins graduated with honors from Oxford University and received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Simpkins has significant financial and investment experience and possesses executive management and strategic skills gained through his experience with other Blackstone portfolio companies. Mr. Simpkins also brings to us his additional board experience with several public and private companies which helps us informally benchmark our practices.
69
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Justin Sunshine. Mr. Sunshine, 31, joined our board of directors in March 2014. Mr. Sunshine is a Principal in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone, with a focus on the healthcare services and chemicals sectors. Mr. Sunshine has worked in both the New York and London offices, and has been involved in the execution of Blackstone’s investments in the Intertrust Group and the ATC Group. Prior to joining the Private Equity Group, Mr. Sunshine was an Associate within Blackstone Advisory Partners from August 2009 to September 2011. Prior to Blackstone, Mr. Sunshine worked as a consultant in the strategy practice at Accenture. Mr. Sunshine received a B.B.A. in Finance from the University of Texas at Austin and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Mr. Sunshine has been engaged in the private equity industry for several years and brings to us his financial and investment experience that he gained while working on complex transactions related to Blackstone portfolio companies.
Allen R. Thorpe. Mr. Thorpe, 43, has been a member of our board of directors since September 2008. Mr. Thorpe joined Hellman & Friedman in 1999 and has served as a Managing Director of Hellman & Friedman since 2004. At Hellman & Friedman, his primary areas of focus are healthcare and financial services. Prior to joining Hellman & Friedman in 1999, Mr. Thorpe was a Vice President with Pacific Equity Partners and a Manager at Bain & Company. Mr. Thorpe serves as a director of Artisan Partners Asset Management Inc., Pharmaceutical Product Development, Inc. and Sheridan Holdings, Inc. and is a member of the advisory board of Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP. He was formerly a director of Mitchell International, Gartmore Investment Management Limited, Mondrian Investment Partners Ltd., Vertafore Inc., Activant Solutions and LPL Financial Holdings Inc. Mr. Thorpe received an A.B. from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. As a member of our board of directors, Mr. Thorpe contributes his strategic, financial, healthcare and capital markets expertise through his career with equity investment firms. Mr. Thorpe also contributes insights on board leadership developed through his service on several boards of Hellman & Friedman’s portfolio companies.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
None of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 10% of our equity securities is required to file reports pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to their relationship with us because we do not have equity securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
Governance Matters
Composition of our Board of Directors
Pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement among Emdeon, Parent, the Investor Group and the other equity holders of Parent, including certain members of our senior management (“Stockholders’ Agreement”), Parent’s board of directors must be comprised of at least five members, three of whom are designated by Blackstone, one of whom is designated by Hellman & Friedman and one of whom is our chief executive officer. Blackstone may increase the size of Parent’s board of directors to seven directors at any time to accommodate the election of two independent directors to be selected by Blackstone in consultation with Hellman & Friedman. According to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, we are required to take all necessary action to cause the persons constituting Parent’s board of directors to be appointed as members of our board of directors unless Blackstone or Hellman & Friedman otherwise elects. In the event that Hellman & Friedman ceases to hold 25% or more of its initial ownership interest in Parent, it will no longer be entitled to designate a director for election to Parent’s or our board of directors or to a consultation right with respect to the election of independent directors. Blackstone has the right to appoint and remove (in consultation with Hellman & Friedman) all independent directors on Parent’s and our boards of directors and fill vacancies created by reason of death, removal or resignation of all such independent directors. In addition, for so long as certain investment funds associated with Goldman, Sachs & Co. continue to hold, together with their affiliates, at least 10% of the 2020 Notes, we have granted GS Mezzanine Partners V Institutional, L.P. a right to (i) designate a non-voting observer to our board of directors, (ii) consult with our management on matters relating to our operations, (iii) access our facilities, properties, books and records and (iv) receive additional information as it may reasonably request from time to time.
70
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The current size of Parent’s and our board of directors is seven. Mr. Thorpe serves on the board of directors of both entities as a designee of Hellman & Friedman. In March 2014, Mr. Sunshine was elected to each of Parent’s and our board of directors and serves as a designee of Blackstone, along with Messrs. Lance and Simpkins. Ms. Pure and Mr. Pead serve as independent directors on each board of directors, in addition to Mr. de Crescenzo, our chief executive officer.
Board Committees
Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating committee. Each of the standing committees operates pursuant to a written charter. The following is a brief description of the standing committees of our board of directors, including their membership and responsibilities.
Audit Committee. The audit committee assists our board of directors in fulfilling its fiduciary oversight responsibilities by reviewing: (i) the integrity of financial information, (ii) the performance of our internal audit function and systems of internal controls and (iii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. In addition, the audit committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention (including termination) and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee also reviews and approves related party transactions in accordance with our Related Party Transaction Policy. See Part III, Item 13, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence — Related Party Transactions Policies and Procedures” of this Annual Report.
The audit committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Pead (chair), Sunshine and Thorpe. During 2013, the audit committee was comprised of Messrs. Pead, Thorpe and Michael Dal Bello until his resignation in November 2013. Because we do not have and are not currently seeking to list any securities on a national securities exchange or on an automated quotation system, our board of directors is not required to have on the audit committee a person who qualifies under the rules of the SEC as an “audit committee financial expert” or as having accounting or financial management expertise under the similar rules of the national securities exchanges. While the audit committee has not designated any of its members as an audit committee financial expert, we believe that each of the current members of the audit committee is fully qualified to address any accounting, financial reporting or audit issues that may come before the audit committee.
Compensation Committee. The compensation committee (i) reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our directors, employees and certain other persons providing services to us and (ii) is responsible for reviewing and approving the compensation of our senior management. The compensation committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Simpkins (chair), Lance and Thorpe. During 2013, our compensation committee consisted of Messrs. Simpkins, Thorpe and Dal Bello until Mr. Lance replaced Mr. Dal Bello in June 2013.
Nominating Committee. The nominating committee (i) assists our board of directors in identifying and recommending individuals qualified to serve as directors of the Company, (ii) recommends to our board of directors director nominees for each committee of our board of directors, (iii) reviews and considers candidates who may be suggested by any of our directors or executive officers, or by any of our stockholders, if made in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement, our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law and (iv) reviews succession plans relating to senior management. The nominating committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Simpkins (chair), Lance and Thorpe. The same individuals comprised the nominating committee during 2013.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees, including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and persons performing similar functions. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on the Investors page of our website at http://investors.emdeon.com under the heading “Corporate Governance.” We plan to post any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website.
71
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| ITEM 11. | EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION |
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Overview
The following discussion analyzes our executive compensation program with respect to our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the material elements of the compensation packages awarded to such officers. The individuals whose compensation is discussed below are our Chief Executive Officer, Neil E. de Crescenzo, IV; our Executive Vice President — Chief Financial Officer, Bob A. Newport, Jr.; our Executive Vice President — Provider Solutions, T. Ulrich Brechbühl; our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, Gregory T. Stevens; our Executive Vice President — Payer Services, Gary D. Stuart and our former Chief Executive Officer, George I. Lazenby, IV. Mr. Lazenby resigned from the Company in September 2013. See the discussion under the heading “— George Lazenby Separation Agreement” below for additional details. We collectively refer to these individuals in the following discussion as our “named executive officers.”
The Role of the Compensation Committee
The responsibilities of our compensation committee include:
| • | reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the Company’s senior management; |
| • | evaluating the performance of the Company’s senior management; |
| • | determining and approving compensation of the Company’s senior management; |
| • | reviewing and approving the following as they affect the Company’s senior management: all cash-based and equity-based incentive awards, employment agreements, severance arrangements, any change in control agreements and any special or supplemental compensation and benefits; |
| • | overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans, our 401(k) Plan and Health and Welfare Plan; |
| • | making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to compensation philosophy and policies for director compensation; |
| • | reviewing periodically the Company’s compensation policies and practices to ensure that they properly incentivize employees to act in the long-term best interests of the Company and do not encourage excessive risk taking; |
| • | reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis, when required by SEC rules for inclusion in our applicable filings; |
| • | reviewing and discussing with management the compensation committee report, when required by SEC rules for inclusion in our applicable filings; and |
| • | monitoring compensation matters and retaining appropriate advisors to assist in the evaluation of such compensation matters. |
The compensation committee works directly with our chief executive officer to set annual compensation of each of our named executive officers other than our chief executive officer. To this end, our chief executive officer completes an evaluation of each such named executive officer, makes recommendations regarding the compensation of such officer and presents his evaluations and compensation recommendations to the compensation committee.
After considering our chief executive officer’s evaluations and recommendations and such other factors as the nature and responsibilities of each named executive officer’s position, the named executive officer’s experience, Emdeon’s achievement of corporate goals, the named executive officer’s achievement of individual goals and competitive industry compensation, the
72
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
compensation committee sets the annual compensation of our named executive officers. The compensation committee then sets the compensation of our chief executive officer in a meeting at which the chief executive officer is not present. The compensation for each of our named executive officers is set and recommended for adoption at meetings of the compensation committee generally held in the first quarter of each year.
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
Our compensation program is centered around a pay-for-performance philosophy and is designed to reward our named executive officers for their abilities, experience and efforts. We believe our solutions reflect the individual and combined knowledge and performance that our compensation programs are structured to reward. Our ability to attract, retain and motivate the highly-qualified and experienced professionals who are vital to our success as a company is directly tied to the compensation programs we offer.
We believe that having compensation programs designed to align executive officers’ interests with those of Emdeon in achieving positive business results and to reinforce accountability is the cornerstone to successfully implementing and achieving our strategic plans. In determining the compensation of our named executive officers, we are guided by the following key principles:
Competitiveness of Compensation. Compensation should be responsive to the competitive marketplace so that we continue to be able to attract, retain and motivate talented executives.
Accountability for Overall Business Performance. A portion of compensation should be tied to our overall performance so that our named executive officers are held accountable through their compensation for the performance of Emdeon as a whole.
Accountability for Individual Performance. A portion of compensation should be tied to the named executive officer’s own individual performance to encourage and reflect individual contributions to our performance.
Alignment with Stockholder Interests. A portion of compensation should be tied to our financial performance through equity awards to align our named executive officers’ interests with those of our stockholders.
We seek to maintain a performance-oriented culture and a compensation approach that rewards our named executive officers when we achieve our goals and objectives, while putting at risk an appropriate portion of their compensation against the possibility that our goals and objectives may not be achieved. Consistent with this philosophy, we have sought to create an executive compensation package that balances short-term versus long-term components, cash versus equity elements and fixed versus contingent payments in ways that we believe are most appropriate to motivate our named executive officers.
Overview of Components of Compensation
Compensation for our named executive officers consists of the following key components:
| • | base salary; |
| • | annual cash bonuses; and |
| • | equity-based awards. |
The first component of named executive officer compensation is base salary, which is intended to secure the services of the executive and compensate him for his functional roles and responsibilities.
The second component is an annual cash bonus opportunity, which is based upon a combination of Company and individual performance. These cash bonus opportunities are intended to link executive pay directly to achievement of annual Company operating and/or other performance objectives. We believe this compensation component aligns the interests of our named executive officers with the interests of our stockholders in the pursuit of short- to medium-term performance that should create value for our stockholders.
73
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
The third component is equity-based awards which provide a long-term incentive component to named executive officer compensation packages. Equity-based awards granted to our named executive officers align a portion of our named executive officers’ compensation to the interests of our investors and to each other, further reinforcing collaborative efforts for their mutual success. Equity-based compensation also fosters a long-term commitment from our named executive officers to the Company and balances the shorter-term cash components of compensation that we provide.
In addition, our named executive officers are eligible to receive the same benefits that we provide and to participate in all plans that we offer to other full-time employees, including health and welfare benefits and participation in our 401(k) Savings Plan.
We also provide our named executive officers with severance payments and benefits in the event of an involuntary or, in certain cases, constructive termination of employment without cause and accelerated equity award vesting in connection with a change in control of the Company.
Base Salary
We provide each named executive officer with a base salary for the services that the executive officer performs for us. This compensation component constitutes a stable element of compensation while other compensation elements are variable. Base salaries are reviewed annually and may be increased in light of the individual past performance of the named executive officer, company performance, any change in the executive’s position within our business, the scope of his responsibilities and any changes thereto and his tenure with the Company.
During 2013, the base salary for Messrs. Newport, Brechbühl, Stevens, Stuart and Lazenby was $340,000, $365,000, $340,000, $350,000 and $700,000, respectively. When Mr. de Crescenzo was appointed as the Chief Executive Officer effective September 30, 2013, his base salary also was set at $700,000. For 2013, base salaries comprised 2%, 53%, 52%, 53%, 46% and 20% of the total compensation for Messrs. de Crescenzo, Newport, Brechbühl, Stevens, Stuart and Lazenby, respectively. To date, none of the named executive officers has received a salary increase in 2014.
Annual Cash Bonuses
We provide our named executive officers with the opportunity to share in our success through annual bonuses awarded under our bonus program for management employees (the “Management Bonus Program”). The Management Bonus Program provides Emdeon’s senior management and certain key employees the opportunity to earn compensation in addition to their base salaries up to a target bonus potential. The compensation committee has general authority for oversight and interpretation of the Management Bonus Program. The compensation committee, with the recommendations of our chief executive officer (other than with respect to himself), is responsible for (i) setting annual objective performance targets, (ii) reviewing actual performance and (iii) determining the amount of the compensation payable to each named executive officer.
Under the Management Bonus Program, a participant’s annual target bonus is calculated as a percentage of the participant’s annual base salary as of the end of the fiscal year, with the target percentages generally being aligned with the participant’s level and role at the Company. The funding of bonuses under the Management Bonus Program is dependent on achievement of annual objective performance targets by the Company as a whole and of the operating division or divisions of which a participant is a part, if applicable. The amount of compensation a participant is eligible to be paid under the Management Bonus Program is determined primarily on the basis of objective Company performance measures determined by the compensation committee each year, such as Adjusted EBITDA and total revenue.
74
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
After reviewing the actual performance of the Company, the compensation committee, with recommendations of our chief executive officer (other than with respect to himself), then undertakes a subjective evaluation of each named executive officer’s performance. The compensation committee does not rely on preset formulas, thresholds or multiples in the subjective portion of its evaluation but rather relies upon its and our chief executive officer’s judgment after careful consideration of subjective factors such as an executive’s performance during the year against established goals, leadership qualities, operational performance, business responsibilities, long-term potential to enhance stockholder value, current compensation arrangements and tenure with the Company.
2013
The compensation committee determined that 60% of the 2013 objective performance measures were based on Adjusted EBITDA targets and 40% were based on revenue targets under the Management Bonus Program. For the year ended December 31, 2013, annual cash bonuses were linked to achievement of Adjusted EBITDA within a range of $308 million to $343 million and achievement of revenue from $1.21 billion to $1.33 billion. We believe the combination of these performance factors and the proportionate weighting assigned to each reflected our overall Company goals for 2013, which balanced the achievement of revenue growth and improving our operating efficiency. These measures were calculated in the same manner as reported in our financial results.
For 2013, our named executive officers’ target annual cash bonuses as a percentage of base salary were 85% for each of Messrs. Brechbühl and Stuart, 80% for each of Messrs. Newport and Stevens and 100% for Mr. Lazenby. When Mr. de Crescenzo was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer in September 2013, pursuant to his employment agreement, it was agreed that Mr. de Crescenzo would receive a cash bonus for 2013 based on a target annual cash bonus as a percentage of base salary of 100%, to be prorated for the number of days Mr. de Crescenzo was employed during 2013. Pursuant to his separation agreement in connection with his resignation, Mr. Lazenby remained eligible to receive a bonus under the Management Bonus Program for 2013 without regard to the fact that he would not be employed by the Company at the time such bonus would be paid.
At the compensation committee’s first quarter 2014 meetings, the compensation committee reviewed the Company and individual performance results for 2013. The compensation committee, without input from Mr. de Crescenzo, determined the actual amount of cash bonuses to be paid to Messrs. de Crescenzo and Lazenby, and, together with Mr. de Crescenzo’s input, determined the bonus payment for each other named executive officer. Based upon both achievement of Adjusted EBITDA of $324 million and revenue of $1.27 billion under the Management Bonus Program and each named executive officer’s performance review, Messrs. Newport, Brechbühl, Stevens and Stuart received bonuses of $297,590, $332,996, $297,590 and $400,171, respectively, for 2013. In accordance with his employment agreement, Mr. de Crescenzo received a bonus of $187,600, which amount included his target annual cash bonus of 100% of his base salary, prorated for the number of days Mr. de Crescenzo was employed during 2013. In addition, the compensation committee determined to award Mr. de Crescenzo a $25,000 discretionary cash bonus in recognition of his significant contributions to the Company during 2013. In accordance with his separation agreement, Mr. Lazenby received a bonus of $745,068.
2014
In November 2013, the compensation committee determined the objective performance measures for 2014 under the Management Bonus Program. For the year ending December 31, 2014, 50% of the objective performance measures will be based on Adjusted EBITDA targets and 50% will be based on revenue targets. After the objective performance measures are calculated, adjustments to the annual cash bonuses payable for 2014 will be made based on the executive’s achievement of individual objectives and contributions to us during the year. For 2014, our named executive officers’ target annual cash bonuses as a percentage of base salary are 100% for Mr. de Crescenzo, 85% for each of Messrs. Brechbühl and Stuart and 80% for Mr. Stevens. In connection with his resignation effective as of the Transition Date (as defined above) and pursuant to a transition letter agreement with Mr. Newport, the Company will pay Mr. Newport a lump sum cash payment of $100,000, which payment is intended to represent the prorated portion of Mr. Newport’s target annual cash bonus in respect of the 2014 fiscal year.
75
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Equity-Based Awards
Parent Equity Plan
In addition to base salary and cash bonus compensation, each of our named executive officers is provided equity-based award compensation. Parent adopted the Parent Equity Plan, which amended and restated the 2009 Plan, in connection with the 2011 Transactions. Pursuant to the Parent Equity Plan, 150,000 shares of Parent common stock have been reserved for issuance of equity awards to employees, directors and consultants of Parent and its affiliates. Parent has the authority to grant awards, to set the terms and conditions of such awards and to adopt, alter and repeal rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Parent Equity Plan and any awards granted thereunder. Because we are an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, awards under the Parent Equity Plan represent an indirect ownership interest in Emdeon.
In September 2013, Parent granted a stock option award to purchase shares of Parent common stock under the Parent Equity Plan to Mr. de Crescenzo. No other equity-based awards were made to our named executive officers during 2013. Pursuant to an individual award agreement entered into by Mr. de Crescenzo, he was granted options to purchase an aggregate of 20,000 shares of Parent common stock as follows:
(1) 10,000 Tier 1 Time-Vesting Options, which have an exercise price per share equal to $1,020 (the grant date fair market value as determined by Parent) and vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the grant date, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through each vesting date;
(2) 2,500 Tier 2 Time-Vesting Options, which have an exercise price of $2,500, and vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the grant date, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through each vesting date;
(3) 3,750 2x Exit-Vesting Options, which have an exercise price per share equal to $1,020, and vest, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least 2.0 times Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital (measured on a per Parent share basis) in Parent (the “2x MOIC Hurdle”) or (ii) sufficient to result in an annual internal rate of return on Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital in Parent of at least 20% (the “20% IRR Hurdle”); and
(4) 3,750 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options, which have an exercise price per share equal to $1,020, and vest, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least 2.5 times Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital (measured on a per Parent share basis) in Parent (the “2.5x MOIC Hurdle”) or (ii) sufficient to result in an annual internal rate of return on Blackstone’s cumulative invested capital in Parent of at least 25% (the “25% IRR Hurdle”).
Co-Investment
Another component of equity based awards is that certain members of senior management and the board of directors have been provided with the opportunity to invest in the common stock of Parent. We consider this investment opportunity an important part of our equity program because it encourages stock ownership and aligns the investing executive officer’s financial interests with those of our stockholders. In February 2014, Mr. de Crescenzo purchased 980 shares of Parent common stock at $1,020 per share for $999,600.
76
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Perquisites and Other Benefits
Our named executive officers are eligible to receive the same benefits we provide, and to participate in all plans we offer, to other full-time employees, including health and dental insurance, group term life insurance, short- and long-term disability insurance, other health and welfare benefits, our 401(k) Savings Plan (including Emdeon’s matching contribution) and other voluntary benefits. Perquisites, however, are not a material component of our executive compensation programs.
In 2013, we paid $25,000 to Mr. de Crescenzo for relocation expenses and to establish a permanent residence in the greater Nashville metropolitan area. The only other perquisite or other compensation benefits deemed to be other compensation to our named executive officers for purposes of the Summary Compensation Table below were matching contributions made by Emdeon on their behalf to our 401(k) Savings Plan. Our named executive officers participate in and make elective contributions under our 401(k) Savings Plan in the same manner as our other employees. See “— Summary Compensation Table” below.
Severance and Change in Control Protection
Each of our named executive officers is party to an employment agreement with us governing the terms of their employment with us and future separation, as applicable. Pursuant to these employment agreements, we provide salary continuation and other benefits in the event of involuntary or, in certain cases, constructive termination of employment without cause. Each such employment agreement was negotiated with the respective named executive officer and specifies certain terms of compensation, including an annual rate of base salary and eligibility for an annual cash bonus. Pursuant to these employment agreements, each named executive officer is subject to restrictive covenants, including confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation obligations. The employment of each named executive officer under these employment agreements continues in effect until terminated by us or by the named executive officer.
Pursuant to the award agreements under the Parent Equity Plan, the awards granted to each named executive officer include acceleration of vesting features in connection with a change of control (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement). All outstanding unvested (i) Tier 1 and Tier 2 Time-Vesting Options will vest in full to the extent not previously forfeited; (ii) 2x Exit-Vesting Options will become fully vested if either the 2x MOIC Hurdle or the 20% IRR Hurdle is satisfied in connection with the change of control; and (iii) 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options will become fully vested if either the 2.5x MOIC Hurdle or 25% IRR Hurdle is satisfied in connection with the change of control.
The protections afforded by the employment and equity award agreements were, and continue to be, designed to provide financial security in the event of certain corporate transactions and/or qualifying termination of employment, as well as consideration for the executive’s compliance with post-employment restrictive covenants. We believe that these protections have assisted, and continue to assist, in retaining our named executive officers and provide a basis for continuing the cohesive operation of our business. These payments and benefits are described in more detail in the section entitled “— Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”
Risk Guidelines
The structure of our compensation programs is designed to promote behavior that supports value creation for our stockholders. We believe that the attention of our named executive officers and other key employees should be focused upon key strategic, operational and financial measures. To this end, a considerable portion of the compensation packages of our named executive officers and other key employees are driven by our long-term success. By focusing upon our sustained profitability and growth, we believe our compensation programs discourage our named executive officers and other employees from engaging in unnecessary and excessive risk taking.
77
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Accounting and Tax Matters
We account for stock-based payments in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC Topic 718”). We operate our compensation programs with the intention of complying with compensation rules under Sections 409A and 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Section 162(m) generally denies a federal income tax deduction for certain compensation in excess of $1 million per year paid to certain executive officers of a publicly-traded equity company. Certain types of compensation are excluded from the deduction limit.
Because we became a privately-owned company following the 2011 Transactions, we are no longer subject to the limitations imposed by Section 162(m). The compensation committee, however, intends to continue to take actions that are deemed to be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders and to maximize the effectiveness of the Company’s executive compensation plans. Accordingly, we presently consider the tax, accounting and disclosure consequences to be influential but not determining factors in the design of our named executive officer compensation packages.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During 2013, none of our executive officers served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board of directors or the compensation committee.
Compensation Committee Report
The compensation committee has reviewed the foregoing Compensation Discussion and Analysis and discussed it with management and, based on such review and discussion, recommended to the board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report.
Submitted by the compensation committee of the board of directors,
Howard Lance
Neil P. Simpkins
Allen R. Thorpe
78
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Summary Compensation Table
The following table summarizes the compensation earned by each of our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. In addition, there are certain contractual arrangements that exist between us and certain named executive officers, including a tax receivable agreement, that are not compensatory and are described in Part III, Item 13, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”
For purposes of the following tables and other disclosures regarding executive compensation below, references to “2011” refer to the combination of the Predecessor period of January 1, 2011 through November 1, 2011 and the Successor period of November 2, 2011 through December 31, 2011.
| Non-Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock | Option | Incentive Plan | All Other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Salary | Bonus | Awards | Awards | Compensation | Compensation | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Name and Principal Position |
Year | ($) | ($) (1) | ($) | ($) (2) | ($) (3) | ($) (4) | ($) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Neil E. de Crescenzo (5) |
2013 | 175,000 | (6) | 25,000 | — | 9,876,423 | 187,600 | (7) | 27,019 | 10,291,042 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Chief Executive Officer |
2012 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2011 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Bob A. Newport, Jr. |
2013 | 337,404 | — | — | — | 297,590 | 6,375 | 641,369 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Chief Financial Officer |
2012 | 325,000 | — | — | 2,943,420 | 215,000 | 6,250 | 3,489,670 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2011 | 323,462 | — | 185,040 | 403,200 | 150,000 | 4,493,984 | 5,555,686 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| T. Ulrich Brechbühl (5) |
2013 | 362,404 | — | — | — | 332,996 | 6,375 | 701,775 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Executive Vice President — |
2012 | 350,000 | — | — | 3,392,797 | 225,000 | 6,250 | 3,974,047 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Provider Services |
2011 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gregory T. Stevens (5) |
2013 | 337,404 | — | — | — | 297,590 | 6,375 | 641,369 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Executive Vice President— |
2012 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| General Counsel and Secretary |
2011 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gary D. Stuart |
2013 | 345,673 | — | — | — | 400,171 | 6,375 | 752,219 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Executive Vice President — |
2012 | 325,000 | — | — | 2,943,420 | 250,000 | 6,250 | 3,524,670 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Payer Services |
2011 | 321,154 | — | 154,200 | 336,000 | 150,000 | 4,829,083 | 5,790,437 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| George I. Lazenby, IV |
2013 | 493,077 | — | — | 970,238 | (8) | 745,068 | 308,372 | 2,516,755 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Former Chief Executive |
2012 | 500,000 | — | — | 9,419,125 | 475,000 | 5,000 | 10,399,125 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Officer |
2011 | 500,000 | — | 231,300 | 504,000 | 287,000 | 11,954,844 | 13,477,144 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | The amounts reported in this column for 2013 reflect a special bonus paid to Mr. de Crescenzo in recognition of significant contributions to the Company. |
| (2) | The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Additional information regarding the awards is set forth in the tables and notes in the sections entitled “— Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2013” and “— Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2013.” Please see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information on how amounts in this column are calculated. |
| (3) | The amounts reported in this column were paid under our annual cash bonus program. |
| (4) | For 2013, each named executive officer’s additional compensation includes matching contributions to our 401(k) Savings Plan. In addition, Mr. de Crescenzo’s additional compensation includes a $25,000 allowance to establish a permanent residence in the greater Nashville metropolitan area, and Mr. Lazenby’s additional compensation includes $303,272 in severance payments paid during 2013 pursuant to Mr. Lazenby’s separation agreement. See the discussion contained under the heading “— George Lazenby Separation Agreement” below for a description of these amounts. |
| (5) | Messrs. de Crescenzo and Stevens were not named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and Mr. Brechbühl was not a named executive officer for the year ended December 31, 2012. Therefore, only compensation for the applicable years are included in the chart. |
| (6) | Mr. de Crescenzo joined the Company as Chief Executive Officer in September 2013. Mr. de Crescenzo’s annual base salary for 2013 was set at $700,000. The amount in this Summary Compensation Table reflects his prorated base salary for his service to the Company from September 30, 2013 through December 31, 2013. |
| (7) | This amount consists of $187,600 paid under the annual cash bonus program for 2013 pursuant to Mr. de Crescenzo’s employment agreement. |
| (8) | This amount represents the incremental fair value of the stock options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 related to a modification of such stock options allowing for certain options to remain outstanding until the third anniversary of Mr. Lazenby’s date of termination. Additional information regarding the awards is set forth in the tables and notes in the sections entitled “— Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2013.” Please see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information on how amounts in this column are calculated. For additional details regarding Mr. Lazenby’s resignation from the Company and the terms and conditions of his separation agreement, see the section entitled “— George Lazenby Separation Agreement” below. |
79
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2013
The following table summarizes (i) awards granted under our Management Bonus Program and (ii) awards of options to purchase shares of Parent common stock.
Grant of Plan Awards During 2013
| Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards-1 |
Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards |
All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock |
All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities |
Exercise or Base Price of Option |
Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Name |
Grant Date |
Threshold ($)(2) |
Target ($) |
Maximum ($)(3) |
Threshold (#) |
Target (#) |
Maximum or (#) |
Units (#) |
Underlying Options |
Awards ($/Sh) |
Awards ($)(4) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Neil E. de Crescenzo |
9/30/2013 | — | 187,600 | (5) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Chief Executive Officer |
9/30/2013 | — | — | — | — | 3,750 | (6) | — | — | 1,020 | 1,499,438 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 9/30/2013 | — | — | — | — | 3,750 | (7) | — | — | 1,020 | 1,287,600 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 9/30/2013 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2,500 | (8) | 2,500 | 997,685 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 9/30/2013 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 10,000 | (9) | 1,020 | 6,091,700 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Bob A. Newport, Jr. |
2/21/2013 | 68,000 | 272,000 | 544,000 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Chief Financial Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| T. Ulrich Brechbühl |
2/21/2013 | 77,563 | 310,250 | 620,500 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Executive Vice President — Provider Services |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gregory T. Stevens |
2/21/2013 | 68,000 | 272,000 | 544,000 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gary D. Stuart |
2/21/2013 | 74,375 | 297,500 | 595,000 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Executive Vice President — Payer Services |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| George I. Lazenby, IV (10) |
2/21/2013 | 175,000 | 700,000 | 1,400,000 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Former Chief Executive Officer |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | The amounts reported in these columns reflect amounts payable pursuant to our Management Bonus Program for 2013 at various points within the range of Company performance goals, assuming the satisfaction of individual performance criteria. For a description of the material terms of these awards and actual payouts made, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Annual Cash Bonuses.” |
| (2) | The “threshold” represents the amount payable upon achievement at the starting point of the targeted ranges of Adjusted EBITDA and revenue, as calculated under the Management Bonus Program for 2013. |
| (3) | The “maximum” represents the amount payable upon achievement at the top of the targeted ranges of Adjusted EBITDA and revenue, as calculated under the Management Bonus Program for 2013. |
| (4) | The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Please see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information on how these amounts were calculated. |
| (5) | Mr. de Crescenzo joined the Company as Chief Executive Officer in September 2013. This amount represents the amount payable to Mr. de Crescenzo under the Management Bonus Program for 2013 pursuant to his employment agreement. |
| (6) | Represents the 2x Exit-Vesting Options, which vest, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 20% IRR Hurdle. |
| (7) | Represents the 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options, which vest, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2.5x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 25% IRR Hurdle. |
| (8) | Represents the Tier 2 Time-Vesting Options which vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the grant date, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through each vesting date. |
| (9) | Represents the Tier 1 Time-Vesting Options which vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the grant date, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through each vesting date. |
| (10) | Mr. Lazenby’s eligibility to receive non-equity incentive awards with respect to 2013 following his resignation from the Company is described below under the heading “— George Lazenby Separation Agreement.” |
80
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2013
The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.
| Option Awards | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Incentive | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Number | Plan Awards: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| of | Number of | Number of | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Securities | Securities | Securities | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Underlying | Underlying | Underlying | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Unexercised | Unexercised | Unexercised | Option | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Option | Options | Options | Unearned | Exercise | Option | |||||||||||||||||||
| Grant | Exercisable | Unexercisable | Options | Price | Expiration | |||||||||||||||||||
| Name |
Date | (#) | (#) | (#) | ($) | Date | ||||||||||||||||||
| Neil E. de Crescenzo |
9/30/2013 | — | — | 3,750.00 | (3) | 1,020.00 | 9/30/2023 | |||||||||||||||||
| 9/30/2013 | — | — | 3,750.00 | (4) | 1,020.00 | 9/30/2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 9/30/2013 | — | 2,500.00 | (5) | — | 2,500.00 | 9/30/2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 9/30/2013 | — | 10,000.00 | (6) | — | 1,020.00 | 9/30/2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Bob A. Newport, Jr. |
11/2/2011 | 460.00 | (1) | — | — | 250.00 | 8/11/2019 | (2) | ||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | — | — | 1,183.75 | (3) | 1,000.00 | 7/17/2022 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | — | — | 1,183.75 | (4) | 1,000.00 | 7/17/2022 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | 600.00 | (5) | 900.00 | (5) | — | 2,500.00 | 7/17/2022 | |||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | 947.00 | (6) | 1,420.50 | (6) | — | 1,000.00 | 7/17/2022 | |||||||||||||||||
| T. Ulrich Brechbühl |
11/2/2011 | 240.00 | (1) | — | — | 250.00 | 10/1/2020 | (2) | ||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | — | — | 1,370.00 | (3) | 1,000.00 | 7/17/2022 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | — | — | 1,370.00 | (4) | 1,000.00 | 7/17/2022 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | 680.00 | (5) | 1,020.00 | (5) | — | 2,500.00 | 7/17/2022 | |||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | 1,096.00 | (6) | 1,644.00 | (6) | — | 1,000.00 | 7/17/2022 | |||||||||||||||||
| Gregory T. Stevens |
11/2/2011 | 425.00 | (1) | — | — | 250.00 | 8/11/2019 | (2) | ||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | — | — | 1,071.25 | (3) | 1,000.00 | 7/17/2022 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | — | — | 1,071.25 | (4) | 1,000.00 | 7/17/2022 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | 500.00 | (5) | 750.00 | (5) | — | 2,500.00 | 7/17/2022 | |||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | 857.00 | (6) | 1,285.50 | (6) | — | 1,000.00 | 7/17/2022 | |||||||||||||||||
| Gary D. Stuart |
11/2/2011 | 550.00 | (1) | — | — | 250.00 | 8/11/2019 | (2) | ||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | — | — | 1,183.75 | (3) | 1,000.00 | 7/17/2022 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | — | — | 1,183.75 | (4) | 1,000.00 | 7/17/2022 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | 600.00 | (5) | 900.00 | (5) | — | 2,500.00 | 7/17/2022 | |||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | 947.00 | (6) | 1,420.50 | (6) | — | 1,000.00 | 7/17/2022 | |||||||||||||||||
| George I. Lazenby, IV |
7/17/2012 | — | — | 1,500.00 | (3) | 1,000.00 | 9/30/2016 | |||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | — | — | 1,500.00 | (4) | 1,000.00 | 9/30/2016 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 7/17/2012 | 3,000.00 | (6) | — | — | 1,000.00 | 9/30/2016 | ||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | In connection with the 2011 Transactions, the Company’s outstanding stock options became fully vested immediately prior to the closing of the Merger and, for certain members of senior management, were exchanged for the Rollover Options. The exercise price and number of shares subject to the Rollover Options were determined in accordance with applicable tax rules governing the conversion of options in the context of a change in control transaction. These amounts reflect the shares of Parent common stock underlying vested Rollover Options. |
| (2) | The Rollover Options have a 10-year term from the grant date of the original option which was granted under the 2009 Plan and rolled into the Parent Equity Plan. All or a portion of a Rollover Option may expire prior to its stated expiration date in the event of the optionee’s termination of employment. |
| (3) | Represents the 2x Exit-Vesting Options, which vest, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 20% IRR Hurdle. See the discussion contained under the heading “— George Lazenby Separation Agreement” below for additional details regarding Mr. Lazenby’s ability to exercise 2x Exit-Vesting Options held by him following his resignation. |
| (4) | Represents the 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options, which vest, subject to the optionee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2.5x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 25% IRR Hurdle. See the discussion contained under the heading “— George Lazenby Separation Agreement” below for additional details regarding Mr. Lazenby’s ability to exercise 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options held by him following his resignation. |
| (5) | Represents the Tier 2 Time-Vesting Options which vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the Merger (or the grant date in the case of Mr. de Crescenzo), subject to the optionee’s continued employment through each vesting date. |
| (6) | Represents the Tier 1 Time-Vesting Options which vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the Merger (or the grant date in the case of Mr. de Crescenzo), subject to the optionee’s continued employment through each vesting date. See the discussion contained under the heading “— George Lazenby Separation Agreement” below for additional details regarding Mr. Lazenby’s ability to exercise Tier 1 Time-Vesting Options held by him following his resignation. |
81
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Equity Awards Exercised During the Year Ended December 31, 2013
The following table provides information about the value realized by each of our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2013 upon the exercise of stock options.
EQUITY AWARDS EXERCISED DURING THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013
| Option Awards | ||||||||
| Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise |
Value Realized on Exercise |
|||||||
| Name |
(#) | ($) | ||||||
| George I. Lazenby, IV |
1,350 | (1) | 1,039,500 | (2) | ||||
| Former Chief Executive Officer |
||||||||
| (1) | Mr. Lazenby exercised his Rollover Options on October 4, 2013, and Parent, pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, intends to exercise its right to repurchase such shares approximately six months after the exercise of the options for the fair market value on the date of repurchase. |
| (2) | This valuation is based on a fair value of $1,020 per share and an exercise price of $250 per share. |
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
The following summaries and table describe and quantify the potential payments and benefits that we would provide to our named executive officers in connection with their termination of employment and/or change in control. In determining amounts payable, we have assumed in all cases that the terms of the executive’s current employment and equity award agreements (including the terms of Mr. Lazenby’s separation agreement) with us were in effect on, and the termination of employment and/or change in control occurred on December 31, 2013.
Severance Benefits-Employment Agreements
The employment of each named executive officer may be terminated by us or by the executive at any time, with or without “cause.” Pursuant to each named executive officer’s employment agreement in effect at the end of 2013, the applicable named executive officer is entitled to receive severance benefits upon termination by us without “cause,” upon his resignation for “good reason,” or upon his termination due to his death or permanent disability. Upon an eligible termination, each named executive officer is entitled to continued payment of his base salary for one year (two years in the case of Mr. de Crescenzo and 18 months in the case of Mr. Stevens) and a lump sum equal to that portion of the health insurance premiums that would have been paid for active employees with similar coverage (up to the amount we pay for active employees) for one year (18 months in the case of Messrs. de Crescenzo and Stevens). In addition, Mr. de Crescenzo is entitled to be paid, in equal installments over two years, an amount equal to two times his target bonus. The executive’s entitlement to these severance payments and benefits is generally conditioned on continued compliance with his obligations not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees or customers for 18 months following termination of employment (two years in the case of Mr. de Crescenzo) and his release of all claims against us.
A termination for “cause” generally includes any of the following: failure to comply with our employment policies; misconduct or dishonesty in connection with his duties; or conviction of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude. Resignation for “good reason” generally includes: a reduction in the executive’s base salary; a reduction in the executive’s title, authority or duties or a relocation by more than fifty miles of the executive’s principal place of employment. For Messrs. Brechbühl and Stuart, severance benefits are payable only upon resignation for “good reason” within 24 months following a “change in control.” A transaction prior to a future initial public offering that results in a “change in control” generally includes a sale or merger of Emdeon or its parent companies in which our stockholders do not hold a majority of the surviving or successor corporation; an event that causes Parent to cease to own indirectly 100% of Emdeon’s operating subsidiary; or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Emdeon, its parent companies or its operating subsidiary. A transaction following a future initial public offering that results in a “change in control” generally includes the acquisition by any person (other than a member of the Investor Group) of 35% or more of voting stock of our public company successor (the “Public Company”); a change in the control of at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Public Company
82
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
as a result of any tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination transaction; a majority change in the composition of the Public Company’s board of directors members as a result of a proxy contest or material transaction; or stockholder approval of a liquidation, sale, or other disposition of substantially all the Public Company’s assets. Under the terms of their employment agreements, Messrs. Newport and Stevens are entitled to severance benefits in the event of resignation for “good reason” without regard to whether a “change in control” transaction has or will occur.
No named executive officer has any right to receive a “gross up” for any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any other federal, state and local income tax.
Accelerated Vesting of Equity-Based Awards
As discussed above, (i) all outstanding unvested Tier 1 and Tier 2 Time-Vesting Options will vest upon a change in control and (ii) the 2x Exit-Vesting Options and 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options will vest upon the occurrence of certain “exit” transactions described above which may coincide with a change in control. The provisions governing the equity awards held by certain of our named executive officers pursuant to the Parent Equity Plan are described in further detail in the section entitled “Executive Compensation — Severance and Change in Control Protection.”
Calculations of Benefits to Which Executives Would be Entitled
Assuming termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2013, the dollar value of the payments and other benefits to be provided to each named executive officer under his employment agreement are estimated to be as follows:
Estimated Payments And Benefits Upon Termination
| Termination by us Without | Resignation for “Good | |||||||||
| “Cause” or Upon Death | Resignation for | Reason” Following a | ||||||||
| Name |
Or Disability |
“Good Reason” | “Change in Control” | |||||||
| Neil E. de Crescenzo |
Salary Continuation $1,400,000 Bonus Payment $1,400,000 Insurance Coverage $20,813 |
|
Salary Continuation $1,400,000 Bonus Payment $1,400,000 Insurance Coverage $20,813 |
|
|
Salary Continuation $1,400,000 Bonus Payment $1,400,000 Insurance Coverage $20,813 |
| |||
| Bob A. Newport, Jr. (1) |
Salary Continuation $340,000 Insurance Coverage $14,358 |
|
Salary Continuation $340,000 Insurance Coverage $14,358 |
|
|
Salary Continuation $340,000 Insurance Coverage $14,358 |
| |||
| T. Ulrich Brechbühl |
Salary Continuation $365,000 Insurance Coverage $14,240 |
— |
|
Salary Continuation $365,000 Insurance Coverage $14,240 |
| |||||
| Gregory T. Stevens Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary |
Salary Continuation $510,000 Insurance Coverage $20,984 |
|
Salary Continuation $510,000 Insurance Coverage $20,984 |
|
|
Salary Continuation $510,000 Insurance Coverage $20,984 |
| |||
| Gary D. Stuart |
Salary Continuation $350,000 Insurance Coverage $14,369 |
— |
|
Salary Continuation $350,000 Insurance Coverage $14,369 |
| |||||
| George I. Lazenby, IV (2) |
Salary Continuation $2,400,000 Annual Cash Bonus $745,068 Insurance Coverage $26,349 | — | — | |||||||
| (1) | In February 2014, the Company and Mr. Newport entered into a transition letter agreement with respect to Mr. Newport’s termination and transition of employment. For additional details regarding Mr. Newport’s termination and transition of employment from the Company, see the section entitled “— Bob Newport Transition Letter Agreement” below. |
| (2) | In September 2013, Mr. Lazenby resigned from the Company. In connection with his resignation, Mr. Lazenby entered into a separation agreement with the Company. The amounts represented in the table above reflect the total payments to be made pursuant to a separation agreement entered into with Mr. Lazenby in connection with his resignation. For additional details regarding Mr. Lazenby’s resignation from the Company and the terms and conditions of his separation agreement, see the section entitled “— George Lazenby Separation Agreement” below. |
83
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
George Lazenby Separation Agreement
On September 30, 2013, Mr. Lazenby resigned from the Company. In connection with his resignation, Mr. Lazenby entered into a separation agreement with the Company that provided him with certain severance benefits in lieu of those he would have been entitled to under his employment agreement. Under the terms of the separation agreement, the Company will pay to Mr. Lazenby (i) $2,400,000 in equal monthly installments over the twenty-four months following his termination, (ii) an annual bonus in respect of the 2013 year based on actual performance as though Mr. Lazenby remained employed with the Company through the payment date of the annual bonus, and (iii) a lump sum cash payment equal to $26,349 representing the health insurance premiums that would have been paid for active employees with similar coverage (up to the amount we pay for active employees) for 18 months. Mr. Lazenby’s continued receipt of these payments is conditioned upon his continued compliance with his obligation not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees or customers for two years following his termination of employment.
In addition, under the terms of the separation agreement, outstanding stock options to purchase shares of Parent common stock held by Mr. Lazenby at the time of his resignation were modified or forfeited as described below:
| • | Mr. Lazenby exercised his Rollover Options for 1,350 shares on October 4, 2014, at an exercise price of $250 per share, and Parent, pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, intends to exercise its right to repurchase such shares approximately six months after the exercise of the options for the fair market value on the date of repurchase; |
| • | 3,000 Tier 1 Time-Vesting Options with an exercise price of $1,000 will be vested and will remain outstanding and eligible for exercise until the third anniversary of the date of his resignation; |
| • | 1,500 2x Exit-Vesting Options with an exercise price of $1,000 per share will remain outstanding and will vest and become exercisable on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2.0x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 20% IRR Hurdle, provided that such options will expire if not previously vested and exercised on the third anniversary of the date of his resignation; |
| • | 1,500 2.5x Exit-Vesting Options with an exercise price of $1,000 per share will remain outstanding and will vest and become exercisable on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2.5x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 25% IRR Hurdle, provided that such options will expire if not previously vested and exercised on the third anniversary of the date of his resignation; and |
| • | All other options to purchase shares of Parent common stock were forfeited and expired as of the date of his resignation from the Company. |
Bob Newport Transition Letter Agreement
In February 2014, the Company and Mr. Newport entered into a transition letter agreement with respect to Mr. Newport’s termination and transition of employment. The transition letter agreement provided that Mr. Newport will continue as our Chief Financial Officer until the Transition Date of March 31, 2014, or such earlier date as determined by the Company. The termination letter agreement also provided that Mr. Newport’s departure will constitute a termination without “cause” for purposes of the terms and conditions of his employment agreement and that Mr. Newport would receive the severance benefits provided by his employment agreement following a termination without “cause”, including the payment of Mr. Newport’s earned and unpaid base salary, accrued health and retirement benefits, accrued but unreimbursed expenses, the continuation of his base salary as severance payments for a period of one year, to be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, and a lump sum payment equivalent to that portion of applicable health insurance premiums that
84
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
would have been paid by the Company for a period of one year. In addition, pursuant to the termination letter agreement, Emdeon agreed to pay Mr. Newport a lump sum payment of $100,000 which payment represents the prorated portion of Mr. Newport’s annual bonus in respect of the 2014 fiscal year. The terms of the transition letter agreement are subject to Mr. Newport’s continued employment through the Transition Date and his execution of a standard release. Mr. Newport’s receipt of these payments is conditioned upon his continued compliance with his obligation not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees or customers for eighteen months following his termination of employment.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
This section describes the compensation we provided to our non-employee directors in 2013. Directors who are employed by us are not compensated by us for their services as directors. The table below shows amounts paid to our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2013.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013
| Name(2) |
Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($) |
Stock Awards ($) |
Equity- Based Awards ($)(1) |
All Other Compensation ($) |
Total ($) |
|||||||||||||||
| Pamela J. Pure |
100,000 | — | 237,864 | — | 337,864 | |||||||||||||||
| Howard L. Lance |
187,500 | — | 993,775 | — | 1,181,275 | |||||||||||||||
| Philip M. Pead |
100,000 | — | — | — | 100,000 | |||||||||||||||
| (1) | The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Please see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information on how these amounts were calculated. |
| (2) | During 2013, our board of directors also included Allen R. Thorpe, Michael Dal Bello and Neil P. Simpkins as non-employee directors. Because these directors received no compensation for serving as directors, such directors are not included in this table. |
Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, Ms. Pure and Mr. Pead serve as independent directors on Parent’s and our boards of directors based on their respective nominations by Blackstone, in consultation with Hellman & Friedman, and Mr. Lance serves as a member of Parent’s and our boards of directors based on his nomination by Blackstone as a Blackstone nominee. A $100,000 annual retainer was approved for each of Ms. Pure and Messrs. Pead.
In May 2013, Ms. Pure was granted options to purchase 400 shares of Parent common stock pursuant to Parent Equity Plan. The options vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period, subject to continued membership on Parent’s and our boards of directors, and are subject to accelerated vesting in connection with a change of control (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement).
In connection with his appointment as our chairman of the board in February 2013, Mr. Lance’s annual retainer was increased from $100,000 to $250,000 and he was granted 2,000 stock appreciation rights (SARs). Pursuant to the individual award agreement entered into by Mr. Lance, the SAR award is divided into three tranches as follows:
(1) Tier 1 Time-Vesting SARs, which have a grant price per share equal to $1,020 (the grant date fair market value as determined by Parent) and vest in equal 20% annual installments on the first through the fifth anniversary of the grant date, subject to continued membership on Parent’s and our board of directors through each vesting date;
85
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(2) 2x Exit-Vesting SARs, which have a grant price per share equal to $1,020, and vest, subject to continued membership on Parent’s and our board of directors through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 20% IRR Hurdle; and
(3) 2.5x Exit-Vesting SARs, which have a grant price per share equal to $1,020, and vest, subject to continued membership on Parent’s and our board of directors through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it from time to time, and shall have received cash proceeds in respect of all such Parent shares at a weighted average price per Parent share that is (i) equal to at least the 2.5x MOIC Hurdle or (ii) sufficient to meet the 25% IRR Hurdle.
As another component of equity based awards, certain directors have been provided with the opportunity to invest in the common stock of Parent. In December 2013, Mr. Lance purchased 1,470 shares of Parent common stock at $1,020 per share for $1,499,400 and Mr. Pead purchased 490 shares of Parent common stock at $1,020 per share for $499,800.
| ITEM 12. | SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS |
Parent owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Holdings, which, in turn, owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Emdeon. The issued and outstanding capital stock of Parent consists of 1,215,675.75 shares of Parent common stock. The holders of Parent common stock are generally entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted for action by the stockholders, to receive ratably such dividends and distributions as may be declared or paid from time to time by the board of directors and to pro rata distribution of any available and remaining assets upon a liquidation or dissolution of Holdings.
The following table sets forth certain information as of March 1, 2014 with respect to shares of Parent common stock beneficially owned by (i) each of our directors, (ii) each of our named executive officers, (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group and (iv) each person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding Parent common stock as of such date.
Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table, each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to shares of Parent common stock owned by such stockholder. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner of is c/o Emdeon Inc., 3055 Lebanon Pike, Suite 1000, Nashville, Tennessee 37214, (615) 932-3000.
86
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| Shares of Parent | Percentage of Parent | |||||||
| Common Stock | Common Stock Beneficially | |||||||
| Name and Address of Beneficial Owner |
Beneficially Owned | Owned | ||||||
| Principal Stockholders: |
||||||||
| Blackstone (1) |
966,041.75 | 79.47 | % | |||||
| Hellman & Friedman (2) |
245,000 | 20.15 | % | |||||
| Directors and Named Executive Officers: |
||||||||
| Neil de Crescenzo |
980 | (3) | * | |||||
| Bob A. Newport, Jr. |
2,007 | (3) | * | |||||
| T. Ulrich Brechbühl |
2,016 | (3) | * | |||||
| Greg Stevens |
1,782 | (3) | * | |||||
| Gary D. Stuart |
2,097 | (3) | * | |||||
| George I. Lazenby, IV |
3,663 | (3) | * | |||||
| Howard L. Lance |
1,770 | (3) | * | |||||
| Philip M. Pead |
590 | (3) | * | |||||
| Pamela J. Pure |
166.66 | (3) | * | |||||
| Neil P. Simpkins (4) |
— | — | ||||||
| Justin Sunshine (5) |
— | — | ||||||
| Allen Thorpe (6) |
— | — | ||||||
| All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons) (7) |
11,875.66 | * | ||||||
| * | Less than 1%. |
| (1) | Shares of Parent common stock shown as beneficially owned by Blackstone are held by the following entities: Blackstone Capital Partners VI L.P. (545,297.50 shares); Blackstone Family Investment Partnership VI L.P. (88.00 shares); Blackstone Family Investment Partnership VI- ESC L.P. (4,614.50 shares); Blackstone Eagle Principal Transaction Partners L.P. (406,041.75 shares); and GSO COF Facility LLC (10,000.00 shares). The address of each of the entities listed in this note is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154. |
| (2) | Shares of Parent common stock shown as beneficially owned by Hellman & Friedman are held by the following entities: H&F Harrington AIV II, L.P. (83,320.24 shares); HFCP VI Domestic AIV, L.P. (159,987.45 shares); Hellman & Friedman Investors VI, L.P. (896.06 shares); Hellman & Friedman Capital Executives VI, L.P. (715.40 shares); Hellman & Friedman Capital Associates VI, L.P. (80.85 shares). The address of each of the entities listed in this note is c/o Hellman & Friedman LLC, One Maritime Plaza, 12th Floor, San Francisco, California 94111. |
| (3) | Includes shares of Parent common stock issuable upon the exercise of equity awards that are or will become vested within 60 days after March 1, 2014. |
| (4) | Mr. Simpkins is a Senior Managing Director in Blackstone’s Private Equity Group. Mr. Simpkins disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of Parent common stock owned directly or indirectly by Blackstone, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein, if any. Mr. Simpkins’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154. |
| (5) | Mr. Sunshine is an employee of Blackstone, but has no investment or voting control over the shares beneficially owned by Blackstone. Mr. Sunshine disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of Parent common stock owned directly or indirectly by Blackstone, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein, if any. Mr. Sunshine’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154. |
| (6) | Mr. Thorpe is a Managing Director of Hellman & Friedman, but is not a member of its investment committee. Mr. Thorpe disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of Parent common stock owned directly or indirectly by Hellman & Friedman, except to the extent of his pecuniary interests therein, if any. The address for Mr. Thorpe is c/o Hellman & Friedman LLC, 390 Park Avenue, 21st Floor, New York, New York 10022. |
| (7) | Excludes Mr. Lazenby, who was not an executive officer as of March 1, 2014. |
87
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| ITEM 13. | CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE |
Related Party Transactions Policies and Procedures
The Company’s board of directors has adopted a Related Party Transaction Policy (“RPT Policy”), which sets forth the Company’s policy with respect to the review, approval, ratification and disclosure of all related party transactions by the audit committee. In accordance with the RPT Policy, the audit committee has overall responsibility for the implementation and compliance with the RPT Policy.
For the purposes of the RPT Policy, an “interested transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which the Company was, is or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds, will or may be expected to exceed $100,000 and in which any related party had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “related party” is defined in the RPT Policy as (i) any person who is or was an executive officer, director or nominee for election as a director; (ii) greater than 5% beneficial owner of the Company; (iii) an immediate family member of any of the foregoing; or (iv) any entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a general partner, managing member or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.
The Company’s RPT Policy requires that the audit committee review all “interested transactions” and either ratify, approve or disapprove our entry into the transaction. In determining whether to approve or ratify an “interested transaction,” the audit committee is required to consider all relevant information and take into account necessary factors, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under same or similar circumstances and the benefits to the Company of the transaction. In addition, the following “interested transactions” are deemed pre-approved by the audit committee: (i) any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship; (ii) any director compensation; (iii) any transactions with another company at which a related party’s only relationship is as a director or beneficial owner of less than 10% of that company’s shares, if the aggregate amount involved does not exceed $100,000; or (iv) any transaction where the related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of the Company’s securities and all holders of such securities received the same benefit on a pro rata basis.
The Company’s RPT Policy also provides that the audit committee shall review previously approved or ratified “interested transactions” that are ongoing to determine whether the transaction remains appropriate or should otherwise be modified or terminated. Additionally, the Company also makes periodic inquiries of directors, executive officers and the Investor Group with respect to any potential related person transaction to which they may be a party or of which they may be aware.
88
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Tax Receivable Agreement Obligations to Related Parties
General
In connection with our IPO, we entered into two tax receivable agreements (the “Investors Tax Receivable Agreements”) with an entity referred to herein as the “Tax Receivable Entity,” which is currently controlled by affiliates of the Investor Group. In connection with the 2011 Transactions, we entered into amended and restated Investors Tax Receivable Agreements. We also entered into a third tax receivable agreement (the “Management Tax Receivable Agreement” and, together with the Investors Tax Receivable Agreements, the “Tax Receivable Agreements”) with certain members of our current and former senior management and directors (“Management Members”) in connection with our IPO. Except as otherwise discussed below under “— Certain Provisions of Tax Receivable Agreements,” the Tax Receivable Agreements generally provide for the payment by us to the Tax Receivable Entity or the Management Members of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in United States federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax that we actually realize as a result of certain tax benefits (i) in existence at the time of our IPO, (ii) created in connection with our IPO, (iii) resulting from the 2011 Transactions, (iv) resulting from certain payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreements and (v) related to imputed interest deemed to be paid by us in connection with the Tax Receivable Agreements. In addition, our December 31, 2011 corporate restructuring should result in additional tax benefits that are covered by the Tax Receivable Agreements, and thereby have the effect of increasing the amounts payable by us under such agreements.
Certain Provisions of Tax Receivable Agreements
The Tax Receivable Entity and the Management Members will not reimburse us for any payments made with respect to tax benefits that are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to the Tax Receivable Entity or the Management Members will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, we could make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements that are greater than our actual cash tax savings and may not be able to recoup those payments.
The amount and/or timing of aggregate payments due pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreements may vary based on a number of factors, including the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable, the use of loss carryovers and the portion of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements constituting imputed interest or amortizable basis.
The Tax Receivable Agreements provide that, upon certain changes of control, our or our successor’s obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements would be based on certain assumptions, including that we or our successor would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreements. The 2011 Transactions did not result in a covered change of control under the Investor Tax Receivable Agreements, because those agreements were amended to provide that the 2011 Transactions would not be treated as a covered change of control. The 2011 Transactions, however, did result in a covered change of control under the Management Tax Receivable Agreement. As a result of the covered change of control caused by the 2011 Transactions under the Management Tax Receivable Agreement or as a result of a subsequent covered change of control under the Investor Tax Receivable Agreements, we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements that significantly exceed our actual cash tax savings from the tax benefits giving rise to such payments.
89
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
We have the right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreements at any time by making a lump sum payment in satisfaction of our remaining obligations thereunder. The calculation of such payment assumes, among other things, that we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize tax benefits covered by the applicable Tax Receivable Agreement. Payments to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreements early could be substantial and could exceed our actual cash tax savings, including our future cash tax savings, to which the Tax Receivable Agreements relate.
Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements is substantially dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.
All payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreements are subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts payable in respect of our indebtedness. However, we are not restricted from making such payments, including in a lump sum pursuant to our termination rights in connection with a subsequent change of control or an initial public offering.
The Management Members may terminate the Management Tax Receivable Agreement upon certain changes in tax law. In the event of such a termination, the Management Members would have the right, subject to the delivery of an appropriate tax opinion and certain other conditions, to require us to pay a lump sum amount in lieu of the periodic payments otherwise provided under the agreement. That lump sum amount would be calculated by increasing the portion of the tax savings retained by the Company to 30% (from 15%) and by calculating a present value for the total amount that would otherwise be payable under the Management Tax Receivable Agreement, assuming, among other things, that we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits covered by the Management Tax Receivable Agreement. This lump sum amount may be paid in cash or by a subordinated note.
The Company made cumulative payments to the Tax Receivable Entity and the Management Members of $1.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.
Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, we entered into a transaction and advisory fee agreement with Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C., an affiliate of Blackstone (“BMP”), and Hellman & Friedman, L.P., an affiliate of Hellman & Friedman (“HFLP,” and, together with BMP, the “Managers”), for a term of 12 years. Pursuant to the agreement, we are obligated to pay the Managers at the beginning of each fiscal year an aggregate advisory fee of $6.0 million or an agreed upon amount not to exceed 2% of consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) for such fiscal year in consideration for certain advisory services provided by the Managers. Pursuant to the agreement, the Managers also are entitled to receive transaction fees equal to 1% of the aggregate transaction value upon the consummation of any acquisition, divestiture, disposition, merger, consolidation, restructuring or recapitalization, issuance of private or public debt or equity securities (including an initial public offering of equity securities), financing or similar transaction involving us.
Pursuant to the agreement, in connection with or in anticipation of our change in control, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or an initial public offering of our equity or equity of our parent entity or its successors, the Managers have the option to receive, in consideration of such Manager’s role in facilitating such transaction and in settlement of the termination of the services, a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then-present value of all the then-current and future annual advisory fees payable under the agreement, assuming a remaining 12-year payment period from the date of election. To the extent that we do not pay the lump sum fee when due, the obligation will accrue interest at an annual rate of 10%, compounded quarterly.
90
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
During the period from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013, we paid $6.0 million (approximately $4.4 million to BMP and $1.7 million to HFLP) in advisory fees and approximately $0.1 million as reimbursement to BMP for their out of pocket expenses.
The transaction and advisory fee agreement also contains certain indemnification provisions, including those relating to the indemnification of Managers and their respective affiliates and representatives from liabilities relating to the services contemplated thereunder.
2019 Notes and Term Loans Held by Related Party
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, certain investment funds managed by GSO Capital Partners LP (the “GSO-managed funds”) purchased a portion of the 2019 Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities. GSO Advisor Holdings LLC (“GSO Advisor”) is the general partner of GSO Capital Partners LP. Blackstone, indirectly through its subsidiaries, holds all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of GSO Advisor. As of December 31, 2013, the GSO-managed funds held $100.0 million in principal amount of the 2019 Notes and $43.7 million in principal amount of the Senior Credit Facilities.
Stockholders’ Agreement
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, Parent entered into the Stockholders’ Agreement with Emdeon, the Investor Group and other equity holders of Parent, including certain members of Emdeon’s senior management. The Stockholders’ Agreement governs certain matters relating to ownership of Parent and its subsidiaries, including with respect to the election of directors of Emdeon and its parent companies, restrictions on the issuance and transfer of shares (including preemptive rights, tag-along rights, drag-along rights and right of first refusal), other corporate governance provisions, registration rights and indemnification provisions. The transfer restrictions apply until the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary (and, with respect to Blackstone, the second anniversary) of the closing date of the 2011 Transactions and (ii) the initial public offering of equity securities of Parent, Holdings or Emdeon meeting certain specified criteria (the “Initial Holding Period”). At any time after the Initial Holding Period, certain investors party to the Stockholders’ Agreement have a right of first refusal over the transfer of any shares of capital stock of Parent. In addition, at any time after the fifth anniversary of the 2011 Transactions, so long as Hellman & Friedman holds 25% or more of its initial ownership interest in Parent, the Stockholders’ Agreement provides Hellman & Friedman the right to require Parent to consummate, at Hellman & Friedman’s election, either (i) a registered public offering meeting certain requirements specified in the Stockholders’ Agreement or (ii) a sale transaction that results in a change in ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding equity securities of Parent or the disposition of substantially all the assets of Parent and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to an unaffiliated third party. The Stockholders’ Agreement also provides Blackstone the right, at any time, to require any of Parent, Holdings or Emdeon to consummate an initial public offering meeting certain requirements specified in the Stockholders’ Agreement.
Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, Parent’s board of directors must be comprised of at least five members, three of whom are designated by Blackstone, one of whom is designated by Hellman & Friedman, and one of whom is Emdeon’s chief executive officer. Blackstone may increase the size of Parent’s board of directors to seven directors to accommodate the election of two independent directors to be selected by Blackstone in consultation with Hellman & Friedman. In the event that Hellman & Friedman ceases to hold 25% or more of its initial ownership interest in Parent, it will no longer be entitled to designate a director for election to Parent’s board of directors or to a consultation right with respect to the election of directors. Blackstone has the right (in consultation with Hellman & Friedman) to appoint and remove all independent directors and fill vacancies created by reason of death, removal or resignation of all such independent directors. Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, Parent is obligated to cause each of its subsidiaries (including us) to take all necessary action to cause its board of directors to be constituted in accordance with the foregoing requirements.
91
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Employer Healthcare Program Agreement with Equity Healthcare
Effective as of January 1, 2014, we entered into an employer health program agreement with Equity Healthcare LLC (“Equity Healthcare”), an affiliate of Blackstone, pursuant to which Equity Healthcare provides to us certain negotiating, monitoring and other services in connection with our health benefit plans. In consideration for Equity Healthcare’s services, we will pay Equity Healthcare a fee of $2.70 per participating employee per month for benefit plans beginning on or after January 1, 2014, $2.80 per participating employee per month for plans beginning on or after January 1, 2015, and $2.90 per participating employee per month for plans beginning on or after January 1, 2016. As of January 1, 2014, we had approximately 3,450 employees enrolled in health benefit plans covered under the Equity Healthcare agreement.
Transactions with Investor Group Portfolio Companies
The Investor Group and its affiliates have ownership interests in a broad range of companies. We have entered into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of our business with some of these companies, including the sale of goods and services and the purchase of goods and services.
Potential Debt Repurchases
As market conditions warrant, we and our major equity holders, including the Investor Group, may from time to time, depending upon market conditions, seek to repurchase our debt securities or loans in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.
Amended and Restated Data License Agreement with WebMD
In 2008, we entered into an Amended and Restated Data License Agreement (the “Data License Agreement”) with our former parent company, HLTH Corporation, and its affiliates, currently known as WebMD Health Corp. (“WebMD”), which remains in effect. Pursuant to the Data License Agreement with WebMD, we are required (on an exclusive basis) to provide WebMD (subject to applicable law and our contractual relationships with our customers) with certain “de-identified data” that we collect in providing our solutions for use in applications offered by WebMD primarily related to clinical purposes or created for clinical, non-financial purposes. We also granted WebMD a non-exclusive license to use such “de-identified” data in connection with any other uses (other than financial or administrative applications or solutions that are targeted to providers, payers or their suppliers or that relate to claims submission). Under the agreement, WebMD is required to pay us a royalty based on the revenues it earns from use of the “de-identified data” we provide. The agreement has an initial term of ten years from February 8, 2008, and automatically renews for an additional five year term unless terminated by either party prior to extension.
In October 2009 and April 2010, Emdeon acquired certain additional rights to specified uses of its data from WebMD in order to broaden Emdeon’s ability to pursue business intelligence and data analytics solutions for payers and providers. Emdeon previously licensed exclusive rights to this data to WebMD pursuant to the Data License Agreement.
During 2013, the Company received cumulative royalty payments of $2.4 million from WebMD related to the Data License Agreement.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers; Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance
The Company has entered into an indemnification agreement with each of its executive officers and directors. Certain directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries also are entitled under the Merger Agreement to continued indemnification and insurance coverage.
92
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Director Independence
Because we have not listed any securities on a national securities exchange or an inter-dealer quotation system, we are not required to have a board comprised of a majority of independent directors under SEC rules or any listing standards. As such, our board of directors has not made any determination as to whether our directors satisfy any independence requirements applicable to board members under the rules of the SEC or any national securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or any other independence definition.
| ITEM 14. | PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES |
Audit Fees and Non-Audit Fees
The following table presents the aggregate fees billed by Ernst & Young LLP for the two most recent years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
| Audit Fees (1) |
$ | 1,202,302 | $ | 1,141,735 | ||||
| Audit-Related Fees (2) |
126,315 | 38,010 | ||||||
| Tax Fees (3) |
— | 86,245 | ||||||
| All Other Fees (4) |
1,995 | 1,995 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Fees |
$ | 1,330,612 | $ | 1,267,985 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| (1) | Fees for audit services include fees relating to the audit of annual consolidated financial statements, review of quarterly financial statements and audit services performed in connection with the registration of our Senior Notes. |
| (2) | Fees for audit-related services include fees relating to service organization control reports and accounting consultations. |
| (3) | Fees for tax services include fees for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning related to, among other things, the 2011 Transactions and our corporate structure. |
| (4) | All other fees consist of subscription fees for global accounting and auditing research software tool. |
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
Pursuant to our audit committee’s charter, the audit committee reviews and pre-approves audit and non-audit services performed by Emdeon’s independent registered public accounting firm, as well as the terms and fees charged for such services. Additionally, the audit committee reviews and discusses with the firm documentation supplied by the firm as to the nature and scope of any tax services to be approved, as well as the potential effects of the provision of such services on the firm’s independence. The audit committee may delegate to one or more designated committee members the authority to grant pre-approvals of audit and permitted non-audit services, provided that any decisions to pre-approve shall be presented to the full audit committee at its next scheduled meeting. For 2013, all of the audit and non-audit services provided by Emdeon’s independent registered public accounting firm were pre-approved by the audit committee in accordance with the audit committee charter. The audit committee has determined that the provision of non-audit services, including tax and other services, by Ernst & Young LLP is compatible with maintaining the independence of Ernst & Young LLP.
93
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| ITEM 15. | EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES |
| (a) | List of Documents Filed | |||
| 1. | Financial Statements | |||
| All financial statements are set forth under “Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report | ||||
| 2. | Financial Statement Schedules | |||
| All financial statement schedules are set forth under “Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report | ||||
| 3. | Exhibits | |||
| The list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report is submitted in the Exhibit Index and is incorporated herein by reference. | ||||
| (b) | Exhibits | |||
| The list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report is submitted in the Exhibit Index and is incorporated herein by reference. | ||||
| (c) | None. | |||
94
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
| Page | ||||
| F-2 | ||||
| Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 |
F-3 | |||
| F-4 | ||||
| F-5 | ||||
| F-6 | ||||
| F-7 | ||||
| F-8 | ||||
| S-1 | ||||
F-1
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholder
Emdeon Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Emdeon Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013, the year ended December 31, 2012, for the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011, and for the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Emdeon Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013, and 2012, for the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011, and for the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Nashville, Tennessee
March 17, 2014
F-2
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
| December 31, 2013 |
December 31, 2012 |
|||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current assets: |
||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 76,538 | $ | 31,763 | ||||
| Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,856 and $3,585 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively |
214,247 | 192,243 | ||||||
| Deferred income tax assets |
6,317 | 4,184 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
27,019 | 28,159 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current assets |
324,121 | 256,349 | ||||||
| Property and equipment, net |
269,470 | 264,852 | ||||||
| Goodwill |
1,502,434 | 1,488,134 | ||||||
| Intangible assets, net |
1,632,688 | 1,730,089 | ||||||
| Other assets, net |
19,169 | 29,694 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total assets |
$ | 3,747,882 | $ | 3,769,118 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| LIABILITIES AND EQUITY | ||||||||
| Current liabilities: |
||||||||
| Accounts payable |
$ | 8,367 | $ | 6,223 | ||||
| Accrued expenses |
131,149 | 104,026 | ||||||
| Deferred revenues |
10,881 | 9,342 | ||||||
| Current portion of long-term debt |
31,330 | 17,595 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current liabilities |
181,727 | 137,186 | ||||||
| Long-term debt, excluding current portion |
1,999,026 | 1,999,415 | ||||||
| Deferred income tax liabilities |
436,263 | 466,921 | ||||||
| Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties |
150,496 | 125,003 | ||||||
| Other long-term liabilities |
11,824 | 8,442 | ||||||
| Commitments and contingencies |
||||||||
| Equity: |
||||||||
| Common stock (par value, $.01), 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively |
— | — | ||||||
| Additional paid-in capital |
1,139,375 | 1,130,968 | ||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(1,343 | ) | (3,789 | ) | ||||
| Accumulated deficit |
(169,486 | ) | (95,028 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total equity |
968,546 | 1,032,151 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 3,747,882 | $ | 3,769,118 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
See accompanying notes.
F-3
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(amounts in thousands)
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
| Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 |
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 |
November 2 through December 31, 2011 |
January 1 through November 1, 2011 |
|||||||||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 1,242,567 | $ | 1,152,313 | $ | 187,116 | $ | 913,779 | ||||||||
| Costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
| Cost of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below) |
758,025 | 693,819 | 111,905 | 544,407 | ||||||||||||
| Development and engineering |
32,612 | 34,591 | 5,268 | 26,828 | ||||||||||||
| Sales, marketing, general and administrative |
180,637 | 151,137 | 23,910 | 123,361 | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
183,839 | 187,225 | 29,094 | 128,761 | ||||||||||||
| Accretion |
26,470 | 8,666 | 2,459 | — | ||||||||||||
| Transaction related costs |
— | 1,250 | 17,857 | 66,625 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Operating income (loss) |
60,984 | 75,625 | (3,377 | ) | 23,797 | |||||||||||
| Interest expense, net |
153,169 | 172,253 | 29,343 | 43,202 | ||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
23,160 | 21,853 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Other |
(4,202 | ) | — | (5,841 | ) | (8,023 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit) |
(111,143 | ) | (118,481 | ) | (26,879 | ) | (11,382 | ) | ||||||||
| Income tax provision (benefit) |
(36,685 | ) | (40,146 | ) | (10,185 | ) | 8,201 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
(74,458 | ) | (78,335 | ) | (16,694 | ) | (19,583 | ) | ||||||||
| Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest |
— | — | — | 5,109 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to Emdeon Inc. |
$ | (74,458 | ) | (78,335 | ) | $ | (16,694 | ) | $ | (24,692 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
See accompanying notes.
F-4
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(amounts in thousands)
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
| Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 |
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 |
November 2 through December 31, 2011 |
January 1 through November 1, 2011 |
|||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
$ | (74,458 | ) | $ | (78,335 | ) | $ | (16,694 | ) | $ | (19,583 | ) | ||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss): |
||||||||||||||||
| Changes in fair value of interest rate swap, net of taxes |
2,583 | (3,662 | ) | — | — | |||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income amortization, net of taxes |
— | — | — | 2,762 | ||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
(137 | ) | 67 | (194 | ) | 101 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss) |
2,446 | (3,595 | ) | (194 | ) | 2,863 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total comprehensive income (loss) |
(72,012 | ) | (81,930 | ) | (16,888 | ) | (16,720 | ) | ||||||||
| Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest |
— | — | — | 5,719 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Emdeon Inc. |
$ | (72,012 | ) | $ | (81,930 | ) | $ | (16,888 | ) | $ | (22,439 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
See accompanying notes.
F-5
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Equity
(amounts in thousands, except share amounts)
| Class A Common Stock |
Class B Common Stock |
Additional Paid-in |
Contingent | Retained Earnings |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive |
Non- Controlling |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Consideration | (Deficit) | Income (Loss) | Interest | Equity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Predecessor Balances: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at January 1, 2011 |
91,064,486 | 1 | 24,689,142 | — | 738,888 | 1,955 | 53,250 | (2,569 | ) | 263,763 | 1,055,288 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity compensation expense |
— | — | — | — | 43,525 | — | — | — | 11,407 | 54,932 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of shares in connection with equity compensation plans, net of taxes |
208,399 | — | — | — | 2,303 | — | — | — | (1,085 | ) | 1,218 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tax receivable agreements with related parties, net of taxes |
— | — | — | — | (59 | ) | — | — | — | — | (59 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Adjustment to contingent consideration for stock acquisitions, net of taxes |
— | — | — | — | (845 | ) | (1,955 | ) | — | — | — | (2,800 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
— | — | — | — | — | — | (24,691 | ) | — | 5,109 | (19,582 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
— | — | — | — | — | — | — | 80 | 21 | 101 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income amortization, net of taxes |
— | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2,173 | 589 | 2,762 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Elimination of Predecessor equity in connection with merger (see Note 1) |
(91,272,885 | ) | (1 | ) | (24,689,142 | ) | — | (783,812 | ) | — | (28,559 | ) | 316 | (279,804 | ) | (1,091,860 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
| Predecessor Balances Subsequent to Merger |
— | $ | — | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
| Successor capital contribution, net |
100 | $ | — | — | $ | — | $ | 1,120,676 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 1,120,676 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Comprehensive income: |
— | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss |
— | — | — | — | — | — | (16,693 | ) | — | — | (16,693 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
— | — | — | — | — | — | — | (194 | ) | — | (194 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
| Successor Balances: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2011 |
100 | — | — | — | 1,120,676 | — | (16,693 | ) | (194 | ) | — | 1,103,789 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Reclassification of liability awards to equity awards |
— | — | — | — | 3,675 | — | — | — | — | 3,675 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity compensation expense |
— | — | — | — | 6,842 | — | — | — | — | 6,842 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of shares in connection with equity compensation plans, net of taxes |
— | — | — | — | 317 | — | — | — | — | 317 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Repurchase of Parent common stock |
— | — | — | — | (436 | ) | — | — | — | — | (436 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
— | — | — | — | (106 | ) | — | — | — | — | (106 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss |
— | — | — | — | — | — | (78,335 | ) | — | — | (78,335 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
— | — | — | — | — | — | — | 67 | — | 67 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of interest rate swap, net of taxes |
— | — | — | — | — | — | — | (3,662 | ) | — | (3,662 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2012 |
100 | $ | — | — | $ | — | $ | 1,130,968 | $ | — | $ | (95,028 | ) | $ | (3,789 | ) | $ | — | $ | 1,032,151 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity compensation expense |
— | — | — | — | 7,021 | — | — | — | — | 7,021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Repurchase of Parent common stock |
— | — | — | — | (613 | ) | — | — | — | — | (613 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Successor capital contribution, net |
— | — | — | — | 1,999 | — | — | — | — | 1,999 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss |
— | — | — | — | — | — | (74,458 | ) | — | — | (74,458 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
— | — | — | — | — | — | — | (137 | ) | — | (137 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of interest rate swap, net of taxes |
— | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2,583 | — | 2,583 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2013 |
100 | $ | — | — | $ | — | $ | 1,139,375 | $ | — | $ | (169,486 | ) | $ | (1,343 | ) | $ | — | $ | 968,546 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
See accompanying notes.
F-6
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(amounts in thousands)
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
| Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 |
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 |
November 2 through December 31, 2011 |
January 1 through November 1, 2011 |
|||||||||||||
| Operating activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Net Income (loss) |
$ | (74,458 | ) | $ | (78,335 | ) | $ | (16,694 | ) | $ | (19,583 | ) | ||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
183,839 | 187,225 | 29,094 | 128,761 | ||||||||||||
| Equity compensation expense |
7,021 | 6,842 | — | 54,932 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred income tax expense (benefit) |
(39,555 | ) | (38,447 | ) | (6,397 | ) | (15,045 | ) | ||||||||
| Accretion expense |
26,470 | 8,666 | 2,459 | — | ||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
22,828 | 18,293 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs |
8,475 | 10,185 | 1,642 | 11,673 | ||||||||||||
| Amortization of discontinued cash flow hedge from other comprehensive loss |
— | — | — | 3,167 | ||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of interest rate swap (not subject to hedge accounting) |
— | — | (2,755 | ) | (7,983 | ) | ||||||||||
| Change in contingent consideration |
(69 | ) | — | (5,843 | ) | (8,036 | ) | |||||||||
| Impairment of property and equipment |
10,619 | 1,865 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Gain on sale of cost method investment |
(2,925 | ) | — | — | — | |||||||||||
| Other |
(1,962 | ) | 820 | 489 | 1,119 | |||||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
(20,791 | ) | 1,601 | (13,447 | ) | 660 | ||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other |
1,442 | (12,096 | ) | 3,126 | 6,638 | |||||||||||
| Accounts payable |
1,335 | (2,149 | ) | (2,912 | ) | 8,505 | ||||||||||
| Accrued expenses, deferred revenue, and other liabilities |
29,273 | (25,216 | ) | (17,544 | ) | 47,613 | ||||||||||
| Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties |
(1,142 | ) | (334 | ) | — | (3,519 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
150,400 | 78,920 | (28,782 | ) | 208,902 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Investing activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment |
(71,086 | ) | (62,054 | ) | (8,279 | ) | (51,902 | ) | ||||||||
| Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired |
(18,291 | ) | (59,011 | ) | — | (39,422 | ) | |||||||||
| Purchase of Emdeon Inc, net of cash acquired |
— | — | (1,943,218 | ) | — | |||||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of cost method investment |
5,820 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
(83,557 | ) | (121,065 | ) | (1,951,497 | ) | (91,324 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Financing activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of stock |
— | — | 863,245 | — | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from Term Loan Facility |
— | — | 1,185,114 | — | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from Revolving Facility |
— | — | 25,000 | — | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from Senior Notes |
— | — | 729,375 | — | ||||||||||||
| Payments on Revolving Facility |
— | (15,000 | ) | (10,000 | ) | — | ||||||||||
| Payment of debt issue costs |
(2,178 | ) | (2,060 | ) | (35,901 | ) | — | |||||||||
| Proceeds from incremental term loan |
— | 70,351 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Payment on Term Loan |
(12,912 | ) | (12,817 | ) | (937,248 | ) | (10,128 | ) | ||||||||
| Data sublicense and deferred financing obligation payments |
(7,564 | ) | (3,796 | ) | (4,890 | ) | — | |||||||||
| Capital contribution from Parent |
1,999 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Repurchase of Parent common stock |
(613 | ) | (317 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||
| Other |
(800 | ) | (376 | ) | (2,868 | ) | (263 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
(22,068 | ) | 35,985 | 1,811,827 | (10,391 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
44,775 | (6,160 | ) | (168,452 | ) | 107,187 | ||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
31,763 | 37,923 | 206,375 | 99,188 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 76,538 | $ | 31,763 | $ | 37,923 | $ | 206,375 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information |
||||||||||||||||
| Cash paid for interest |
$ | 140,771 | $ | 171,879 | $ | 16,969 | $ | 35,119 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Cash paid during the period for income taxes |
$ | 847 | $ | 7,545 | $ | 4,392 | $ | 5,554 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Supplemental disclosures of noncash transactions |
||||||||||||||||
| Deferred Financing Obligations: |
||||||||||||||||
| Property & Equipment |
$ | 12,722 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Other Assets |
$ | 2,646 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Current portion of long-term debt |
$ | 6,377 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Long-term debt |
$ | 8,991 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Contingent Consideration: |
||||||||||||||||
| Goodwill |
$ | 5,553 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Accrued expenses |
$ | 5,553 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
See accompanying notes.
F-7
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
1. Nature of Business and Organization
Nature of Business
Emdeon Inc. (the “Company”), through its subsidiaries, is a provider of revenue and payment cycle management and clinical information exchange solutions, connecting payers, providers and patients of the U.S. healthcare system. The Company’s product and service offerings integrate and automate key business and administrative functions for healthcare payers and healthcare providers throughout the patient encounter, including pre-care patient eligibility and benefits verification and enrollment, clinical information exchange, claims management and adjudication, payment integrity, payment distribution, payment posting and denial management and patient billing and payment processing.
Organization
The Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company in September 2006 and converted into a Delaware corporation in September 2008 in anticipation of the Company’s August 2009 initial public offering (the “IPO”).
On November 2, 2011, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) among the Company, Beagle Parent Corp. (“Parent”) and Beagle Acquisition Corp. (“Merger Sub”), Merger Sub merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving the merger (the “Merger”). Subsequent to the Merger, the Company became an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, which is controlled by affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. (“Blackstone”). As a result of the consummation of the Merger, each share of Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 (“Class A common stock”) and Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 (“Class B common stock”), of the Company, other than (i) shares owned by the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and (ii) shares owned by Parent and its subsidiaries, including shares and other equity contributed by certain rollover investors in connection with the Merger, was cancelled and/or converted into the right to receive $19.00 in cash, without interest and less any applicable withholding taxes.
The Merger was financed as follows (the following transactions, together with the Merger, are sometimes referred to as the “2011 Transactions”):
| • | Cash held by the Company at closing; |
| • | $1.224 billion new senior secured term loan credit facility; |
| • | $125.0 million new senior secured revolving credit facility; |
| • | $375.0 million senior notes due 2019; |
| • | $375.0 million senior notes due 2020; |
| • | $966.0 million cash capital contribution from the Company’s new equity investors; |
| • | Contribution by affiliates of Hellman and Friedman (“H&F”) of shares of Class A common stock and membership interests in EBS Master LLC (“EBS Master”) in exchange for shares of common stock of Parent; and |
| • | Contribution by certain of our senior management team members of a limited number of stock options to acquire shares of Class A common stock in exchange for stock options to acquire shares of common stock of Parent. |
Immediately following the Merger, the Company repaid all amounts due under the Company’s prior credit agreements and terminated our prior interest rate swap agreement with the proceeds from the 2011 Transactions.
The following transaction-related costs were incurred as a result of the 2011 Transactions and subsequent refinancing transactions and are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the respective periods indicated.
F-8
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
| Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 |
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 |
November 2 through December 31, 2011 |
January 1 through November 1, 2011 |
|||||||||||||
| Accelerated vesting of equity compensation |
$ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 35,285 | ||||||||
| Professional and other advisory fees |
— | — | — | 27,573 | ||||||||||||
| Expenses incurred in connection with the refinancing of existing debt |
— | 1,250 | 16,857 | — | ||||||||||||
| Transaction-related bonuses and severance |
— | — | 1,000 | 3,767 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total |
$ | — | $ | 1,250 | $ | 17,857 | $ | 66,625 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
As a result of the Merger and the change in the basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities, periods prior to the Merger are referred to as “Predecessor” and periods after the Merger are referred to as “Successor”. Because of this change in basis, the Predecessor and Successor period financial statements are not comparable.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include all subsidiaries and entities that are controlled by the Company. The results of operations for companies acquired are included in the consolidated financial statements from the effective date of acquisition. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period financial statements to conform to the current period presentation. In 2013, the Company changed the classification of rebate payments to its channel partners from costs of operations to a reduction of revenue to the extent that such rebate payments for any given channel partner were less than or equal to revenue otherwise earned from the respective channel partner. To conform to the current period presentation, rebate payments to channel partners resulted in a reduction of revenue of $25,002, $25,955, $3,267 and $15,485 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively.
Noncontrolling Interest
For periods prior to the Merger, noncontrolling interest represents the noncontrolling stockholders’ proportionate share of equity and net income of EBS Master, a former majority owned subsidiary of the Company that became wholly-owned as a result of the 2011 Transactions.
Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, current business factors and various other assumptions that the Company believes are necessary to consider in order to form a basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities, the recorded amounts of revenue and expenses and disclosure of contingent assets
F-9
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
and liabilities. The Company is subject to uncertainties such as the impact of future events, economic, environmental and political factors and changes in the Company’s business environment; therefore, actual results could differ from these estimates. Accordingly, the accounting estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the Company’s operating environment changes. Changes in estimates are made when circumstances warrant. Such changes in estimates and refinements in estimation methodologies are reflected in the reported results of operations; and if material, the effects of changes in estimates are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Estimates and assumptions by management affect: the allowance for doubtful accounts; the fair value assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations; tax receivable agreement obligations; the fair value of interest rate swap obligations; contingent consideration; loss accruals; the carrying value of long-lived assets (including goodwill and intangible assets); the amortization period of long-lived assets (excluding goodwill); the carrying value, capitalization and amortization of software development costs; the provision and benefit for income taxes and related deferred tax accounts; certain accrued expenses; revenue recognition; contingencies; and the value attributed to equity awards.
Business Combinations
The Company recognizes the consideration transferred (i.e. purchase price) in a business combination, as well as the acquired business’ identifiable assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests at their acquisition date fair value. The excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interest, if any, is recorded as goodwill. Any excess of the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed over the consideration transferred, if any, is generally recognized within earnings as of the acquisition date.
The fair value of the consideration transferred, assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests is estimated based on one or a combination of income, costs or market approaches as determined based on the nature of the asset or liability and the level of inputs available to the Company (i.e. quoted prices in an active market, other observable inputs or unobservable inputs). To the extent that the Company’s initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete at the end of a reporting period, provisional amounts are reported for those items which are incomplete. The Company retroactively adjusts such provisional amounts as of the acquisition date once new information is received about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity from the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s best estimate of losses inherent in the Company’s receivables portfolio determined on the basis of historical experience, specific allowances for known troubled accounts and other currently available evidence.
Software Development Costs
The Company generally provides services to its customers using software developed for internal use. The costs that are incurred to develop such software are expensed as incurred during the preliminary project stage. Once certain criteria have been met, direct costs incurred in developing or obtaining computer software are capitalized. Training, maintenance and data conversion costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are included in property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and are amortized over a three-year period.
F-10
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation, including that related to assets under capital lease, is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The useful lives for newly acquired assets are generally as follows:
| Computer equipment |
3-5 years | |||
| Production equipment |
5-7 years | |||
| Office equipment, furniture and fixtures |
3-7 years | |||
| Software |
3 years | |||
| Technology |
6-9 years | |||
| Leasehold improvements |
Shorter of useful life or lease term |
Expenditures for maintenance, repair and renewals of minor items are expensed as incurred. Expenditures for maintenance repair and renewals that extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill and intangible assets resulting from the Company’s acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets generally as follows:
| Customer relationships |
9-20 years | |||
| Tradenames |
3-20 years | |||
| Data sublicense agreement |
6 years | |||
| Non-compete agreements |
3-5 years | |||
| Backlog |
1-4 years |
The Company assesses its goodwill for impairment annually (as of October 1 of each year) or whenever significant indicators of impairment are present. The Company first assesses whether it can reach a more likely than not conclusion that goodwill is not impaired via qualitative analysis alone. To the extent such a conclusion cannot be reached based on a qualitative assessment alone, the Company, using the assistance of a valuation specialist as appropriate, compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its associated carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, then a hypothetical acquisition method allocation is performed to determine the amount of the goodwill impairment to recognize. The Company recognized no impairment in conjunction with its most recent goodwill impairment analysis.
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets used in operations are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment loss only if its carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measures the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. Long-lived assets held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell.
F-11
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Other Assets
Other assets consist primarily of debt issuance costs and other miscellaneous items. Debt issuance costs are generally amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the debt. The amortization is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Derivatives
Derivative financial instruments are used to manage the Company’s interest rate exposure. The Company does not enter into financial instruments for speculative purposes. Derivative financial instruments are accounted for and measured at fair value and recorded on the balance sheet. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted transaction in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings (for example, in “interest expense” when the hedged transactions are interest cash flows associated with floating-rate debt). The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item, if any, is recognized in interest expense in current earnings during the period of change.
Equity Compensation
Compensation expense related to the Company’s equity awards is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For awards subject to vesting based on market or performance conditions, however, compensation expense is recognized under the accelerated method. The fair value of the equity awards subject only to service conditions is determined by use of a Black-Scholes model. The fair value of the equity awards subject to market or performance conditions is determined by use of a Monte Carlo simulation.
Revenue Recognition
The Company generates most of its revenue by using technology solutions to provide services to our customers that automate and simplify business and administrative functions for payers, providers and pharmacies, generally on either a per transaction, per document, per communication, per member per month, monthly flat fee, contingent fee or hourly basis.
Revenue for transaction-related services, payment distribution services, patient billing and payment services and consulting services are recognized as the services are provided. Postage fees related to the Company’s payment distribution services and patient billing and payment services volumes are recorded on a gross basis. Revenue for our government eligibility and enrollment and accounts receivable management services generally are recognized at the time that our provider customer receives notice from the payer of a pending payment. Revenue for payment integrity services that include customer acceptance provisions are recognized at the time that notice of customer acceptance is received.
Cash receipts or billings in advance of revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenues in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
The Company excludes sales and use tax from revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
F-12
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Income Taxes
The Company records deferred income taxes for the tax effect of differences between book and tax bases of its assets and liabilities, as well as differences relating to the timing of recognition of income and expenses.
Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, reversing taxable temporary differences, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of its deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset.
The Company recognizes tax benefits for uncertain tax positions at the time the Company concludes that the tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The benefit, if any, is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period that they meet the more likely than not standard, upon resolution through negotiation or litigation with the taxing authority or on expiration of the statute of limitations.
Tax Receivable Agreement Obligations
In connection with the IPO, the Company entered into tax receivable agreements which obligated the Company to make payments to certain current and former owners of the Company, including affiliates of H&F and certain members of management, equal to 85% of the applicable cash savings that the Company realizes as a result of tax attributes arising from certain previous transactions, including the 2011 Transactions. In connection with the 2011 Transactions, the Company’s former majority owner assigned its rights under the tax receivable agreements to affiliates of Blackstone (Blackstone, together with H&F and certain current and former members of management, are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the “TRA Members”).
Prior to the Merger, the Company’s balance sheet reflected these obligations at the amount that was both probable and reasonably estimable. In connection with the Merger, the tax receivable agreement obligations were adjusted to their fair value. The fair value of the obligations at the time of the Merger is being accreted to the amount of the gross expected obligations using the interest method. Changes in the amount of these obligations resulting from changes to either the timing or amount of cash flows are recognized in the period of change and measured using the discount rate inherent in the initial fair value of the obligations. The accretion of these obligations is classified as a separate caption in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2013, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-02, which requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of its income statement or in its notes, significant amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income by the net income line item. This update is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this update had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
F-13
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
3. Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company’s revenue is primarily generated in the United States. Changes in economic conditions, government regulations or demographic trends, among other matters, in the United States could adversely affect the Company’s revenue and results of operations.
The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalent balances in either insured depository accounts or money market mutual funds. The money market mutual funds are limited to investments in low-risk securities such as United States or government agency obligations, or repurchase agreements secured by such securities.
4. Business Combinations
Successor Acquisitions
On November 2, 2011, Merger Sub merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving the Merger. The Merger was accounted for as a reverse acquisition, and as such, the Company’s assets and liabilities were adjusted to their fair values as of the Merger date.
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, the majority owner of the Company prior to the 2011 Transactions assigned its rights under the Company’s tax receivable agreements to affiliates of Blackstone. This assignment did not affect the Company’s overall payment obligations under the tax receivable agreements; however, because this assignment involved a transaction among owners apart from the consideration transferred for the shares of the Predecessor, the Company reduced the gross consideration transferred in the Merger by $54,525, the fair value of these rights assigned to affiliates of Blackstone.
In May 2012, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of TC3 Health, Inc. (“TC3”), a technology-enabled provider of cost containment and payment integrity solutions for healthcare payers.
In June 2013, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of Goold Health Systems (“Goold”), a technology-enabled provider of pharmacy benefit and related services primarily to state Medicaid agencies across the nation.
Predecessor Acquisitions
In May 2011, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of EquiClaim, LLC (“EquiClaim”), a technology-enabled provider of healthcare audit and recovery solutions.
F-14
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
The following table summarizes certain information related to these acquisitions.
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
| Goold | TC3 | Merger | EquiClaim | |||||||||||||||
| Total Consideration Fair Value at Acquisition Date: |
||||||||||||||||||
| Cash paid at closing |
$ | 19,391 | $ | 61,351 | $ | 1,943,218 | $ | 39,758 | ||||||||||
| Parent common stock fair value |
— | — | 245,000 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Parent options fair value |
— | — | 4,125 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Contingent consideration |
5,553 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Other |
(5 | ) | 383 | — | (350 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| $ | 24,939 | $ | 61,734 | $ | 2,192,343 | $ | 39,408 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Acquired: |
||||||||||||||||||
| Cash |
$ | 1,101 | $ | 2,340 | $ | 206,376 | $ | — | ||||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
3,435 | 2,662 | 175,514 | 1,983 | ||||||||||||||
| Deferred income tax assets |
— | 348 | 1,739 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
647 | 155 | 20,226 | 74 | ||||||||||||||
| Property and equipment |
7,695 | 10,414 | 278,122 | 2,331 | ||||||||||||||
| Other assets |
— | — | 4,205 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Identifiable intangible assets: |
||||||||||||||||||
| Tradename |
— | 530 | 156,000 | 160 | ||||||||||||||
| Noncompetition agreements |
280 | 1,300 | 11,500 | 100 | ||||||||||||||
| Customer relationships |
5,160 | 18,810 | 1,623,000 | 14,030 | ||||||||||||||
| Data sublicense |
— | — | 31,000 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Backlog |
460 | — | 19,000 | 3,680 | ||||||||||||||
| Goodwill |
14,300 | 38,634 | 1,443,574 | 18,079 | ||||||||||||||
| Accounts payable |
(541 | ) | — | (12,346 | ) | (98 | ) | |||||||||||
| Accrued expenses |
(2,076 | ) | (4,783 | ) | (149,480 | ) | (931 | ) | ||||||||||
| Deferred revenues |
(101 | ) | — | (4,340 | ) | — | ||||||||||||
| Current maturities of long-term debt |
(218 | ) | — | (11,861 | ) | — | ||||||||||||
| Long-term debt |
— | — | (960,936 | ) | — | |||||||||||||
| Deferred income tax liabilities |
(5,203 | ) | (8,592 | ) | (515,725 | ) | — | |||||||||||
| Tax receivable obligations to related parties |
— | — | (115,237 | ) | — | |||||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities |
— | (84 | ) | (7,988 | ) | — | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net assets acquired |
$ | 24,939 | $ | 61,734 | $ | 2,192,343 | $ | 39,408 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Acquisition costs in sales, marketing, general and administrative expense: |
||||||||||||||||||
| For the year ended December 31, 2013 |
$ | 255 | $ | 513 | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||
| For the year ended December 31, 2012 |
$ | 176 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||
| For the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 |
$ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 351 | ||||||||||
F-15
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
| Goold | TC3 | Merger | EquiClaim | |||||||||||||
| Other Information: |
||||||||||||||||
| Total consideration Parent common stock (in shares) |
— | 245,000 | — | |||||||||||||
| Gross contractual accounts receivable |
$ | 3,435 | $ | 2,943 | $ | 181,398 | $ | 2,094 | ||||||||
| Amount not expected to be collected |
$ | — | $ | — | $ | 5,884 | $ | 111 | ||||||||
| Goodwill expected to be deductible for tax purposes |
$ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 39,483 | ||||||||
| Contingent Consideration Information: |
||||||||||||||||
| Contingent consideration range |
$ | 0-$15,000 | N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||
| Measurement period |
|
July 1, 2013 to September 30, 2014 |
|
N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||
| Type of measurement |
Level 3 | N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||
| Key assumptions at the acquisition date: |
||||||||||||||||
| Probability of winning new contracts |
10%-50 | % | N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||
| Probability of retaining contracts that expire during the measurement period |
90 | % | N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||
| Range of baseline revenue retention for existing customers |
75%-125 | % | N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||
| Expected payment date |
12/15/2014 | N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||
| Discount rate |
15.40 | % | N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||
| Increase (decrease) to net income: |
||||||||||||||||
| For the year ended December 31, 2013 |
$ | 69 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||
The Company generally recognizes goodwill attributable to the assembled workforce and expected synergies among the operations of the acquired entities and the Company’s existing operations. In the case of the Company’s acquisitions of operating companies, synergies generally have resulted from the elimination of duplicative facilities and personnel costs and cross selling opportunities among the Company’s existing customer base. In the case of the Merger, because opportunities for synergies are more limited, the Company attributed the goodwill to the assembled workforce, the Company’s market position, competitive position, revenue base and industry trends.
Goodwill is generally deductible for federal income tax purposes when a business combination is treated as an asset purchase. Goodwill is generally not deductible for federal income tax purposes when the business combination is treated as a stock purchase.
In November 2011, the Company paid cash of $2,800 in full satisfaction of the former Chapin equity holders contingent right to receive Class A common stock.
Pro Forma Information
The following represents the unaudited pro forma results of consolidated operations as if the Merger had been reflected in the operating results beginning January 1, 2010.
| For the | ||||
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||
| December 31, 2011 | ||||
| Revenues |
$ | 1,103,198 | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Net loss attributable to Emdeon Inc. |
$ | (54,412 | ) | |
|
|
|
|||
The supplemental pro forma earnings for the year ended December 31, 2011 were adjusted to exclude 2011 Transaction related costs of $84,482.
F-16
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
5. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, consisted of the following:
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
| Computer equipment |
$ | 61,348 | $ | 41,985 | ||||
| Production equipment |
20,870 | 19,901 | ||||||
| Office equipment, furniture and fixtures |
10,661 | 6,288 | ||||||
| Software |
117,265 | 75,588 | ||||||
| Technology |
156,107 | 149,287 | ||||||
| Leasehold improvements |
35,700 | 23,555 | ||||||
| Construction in process |
29,272 | 33,155 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 431,223 | 349,759 | |||||||
| Less accumulated depreciation |
(161,753 | ) | (84,907 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Property and equipment, net |
$ | 269,470 | $ | 264,852 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Depreciation expense was $80,538, $74,777, $10,490 and $51,878 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized impairment charges of $10,580 related to the abandonment of certain products that were classified within sales, marketing, general and administrative expense on the accompanying statements of operations. Of this amount, $1,837 affected the payer services segment and $229 affected the ambulatory services segment.
6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the indicated periods.
| Payer | Ambulatory Provider |
Provider Revenue Cycle Solutions |
Pharmacy | Total | ||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31,2011 (Successor) |
$ | 674,103 | $ | 289,874 | $ | 315,122 | $ | 170,720 | $ | 1,449,819 | ||||||||||
| Acquisitions |
38,634 | — | — | — | 38,634 | |||||||||||||||
| Other |
(152 | ) | (62 | ) | (68 | ) | (37 | ) | (319 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2012 |
712,585 | 289,812 | 315,054 | 170,683 | 1,488,134 | |||||||||||||||
| Acquisition |
— | — | — | 14,300 | 14,300 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2013 (Successor) |
$ | 712,585 | $ | 289,812 | $ | 315,054 | $ | 184,983 | $ | 1,502,434 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
F-17
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2013 consisted of the following:
| Weighted Average Remaining Life |
Gross Carrying Amount |
Accumulated Amortization |
Net | |||||||||||||
| Customer relationships |
17.4 | $ | 1,646,970 | $ | (181,010 | ) | $ | 1,465,960 | ||||||||
| Tradenames |
17.5 | 156,530 | (17,194 | ) | 139,336 | |||||||||||
| Data sublicense agreement |
3.8 | 31,000 | (11,347 | ) | 19,653 | |||||||||||
| Non-compete agreements |
2.6 | 13,080 | (5,737 | ) | 7,343 | |||||||||||
| Backlog |
3.4 | 460 | (64 | ) | 396 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 1,848,040 | $ | (215,352 | ) | $ | 1,632,688 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Amortization expense was $103,301, $112,448, $18,603 and $76,883 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. Aggregate future amortization expense for intangible assets is estimated to be:
| 2014 |
$ | 100,522 | ||
| 2015 |
100,116 | |||
| 2016 |
99,529 | |||
| 2017 |
96,254 | |||
| 2018 |
92,229 | |||
| Thereafter |
1,144,038 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| $ | 1,632,688 | |||
|
|
|
7. Debt Issuance Costs
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total unamortized debt issuance costs were $13,572 and $24,422, respectively, and are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
F-18
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
8. Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
| Customer deposits |
$ | 28,202 | $ | 27,773 | ||||
| Accrued compensation |
28,448 | 21,205 | ||||||
| Accrued rebates |
6,165 | 5,668 | ||||||
| Accrued telecommunications |
4,141 | 5,121 | ||||||
| Accrued outside services |
10,566 | 9,138 | ||||||
| Accrued insurance |
4,779 | 3,778 | ||||||
| Accrued income, sales and other taxes |
3,271 | 2,816 | ||||||
| Accrued interest |
1,935 | 1,968 | ||||||
| Interest rate swap agreement |
2,575 | 2,563 | ||||||
| Accrued liabilities for purchases of property and equipment |
6,462 | 4,383 | ||||||
| Current portion of tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties |
974 | 1,140 | ||||||
| Pass-through payments |
10,821 | 5,552 | ||||||
| Other accrued liabilities |
22,810 | 12,921 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| $ | 131,149 | $ | 104,026 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-19
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
9. Long-Term Debt
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, the Company incurred substantial new indebtedness comprised of a senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”), a revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”; together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”), 11.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “2019 Notes”) and 11.25% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Notes”; together with the 2019 Notes, the “Senior Notes”).
Long-term debt as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
| Senior Credit Facilities |
||||||||
| $1,301 million Senior Secured Term Loan facility, due November 2, 2018, net of unamortized discount of $15,826 and $32,426 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively (effective interest rate of 4.21% and 5.82% at December 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012 respectively) |
$ | 1,262,445 | $ | 1,258,758 | ||||
| $125 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit facility, expiring on November 2, 2016 and bearing interest at a variable base rate plus a spread rate |
— | — | ||||||
| Senior Notes |
||||||||
| $375 million 11% Senior Notes due December 31, 2019, net of unamortized discount of $7,664 and $8,506 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively (effective interest rate of 11.53% at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) |
367,336 | 366,494 | ||||||
| $375 million 11.25% Senior Notes due December 31, 2020, net of unamortized discount of $9,560 and $10,393 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 respectively (effective interest rate of 11.86% at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) |
365,440 | 364,607 | ||||||
| Obligation under data sublicense agreement |
22,543 | 26,863 | ||||||
| Other |
12,592 | 288 | ||||||
| Less current portion |
(31,330 | ) | (17,595 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Long-term debt |
$ | 1,999,026 | $ | 1,999,415 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Senior Credit Facilities
The credit agreement governing the Senior Credit Facilities (the “Senior Credit Agreement”) provides that, subject to certain conditions, the Company may request additional tranches of term loans, increase commitments under the Revolving Facility or the Term Loan Facility or add one or more incremental revolving credit facility tranches (provided that the revolving credit commitments outstanding at any time have no more than three different maturity dates) in an aggregate amount not to exceed (a) $300,000 plus (b) an unlimited amount at any time, subject to compliance on a pro forma basis with a first lien net leverage ratio of no greater than 4.00:1.00. Availability of such additional tranches of term loans or revolving credit facilities and/or increased commitments is subject to, among other conditions, the absence of any default under the Senior Credit Agreement and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions. Proceeds of the Revolving Facility, including up to $30,000 in the form of borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans, and up to $50,000 in the form of letters of credits, are available to provide financing for working capital and general corporate purposes.
Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities bear interest at an annual rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at the Company’s option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the applicable prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for United States dollar deposits
F-20
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
for an interest period of one month, adjusted for certain additional costs, plus 1.00%, which base rate, in the case of the Term Loan Facility only, shall be no less than 2.25%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for United States dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, which, in the case of the Term Loan Facility only, shall be no less than 1.25%.
In April 2012, the Company amended the Senior Credit Agreement to reprice the Senior Credit Facilities and borrow $80,000 of additional term loans. Following this amendment, the LIBOR-based interest rate on the Term Loan Facility was LIBOR plus 3.75%, compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 5.50%. The new LIBOR-based interest rate on the Revolving Facility was LIBOR plus 3.50% (with a potential step-down to LIBOR plus 3.25% based on the Company’s first lien net leverage ratio), compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 5.25% (with a potential step-down to LIBOR plus 5.00% based on the Company’s first lien net leverage ratio).
In April 2013, the Company again amended the Senior Credit Agreement to further reprice, and also to modify certain financial covenants under, the Senior Credit Facilities. Following this amendment, the interest rate on the Term Loan Facility is LIBOR plus 2.50%, compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.75%. The new interest rate on the Revolving Facility is LIBOR plus 2.50%, compared to the previous interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.50% (or 3.25% based on a specified first lien net leverage ratio). The Term Loan Facility remains subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%, and there continues to be no LIBOR floor on the Revolving Facility. In connection with the April 2013 repricing, the Senior Credit Agreement also was amended to, among other things, eliminate the financial covenant related to the consolidated cash interest coverage ratio and modify the financial covenant related to the net leverage test by maintaining the required first lien net leverage ratio at its current level of 5.35 to 1.00 for the remaining term of the Senior Credit Facilities.
These amendments to the Senior Credit Agreement resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $23,160 and $21,853 and other expenses related to fees paid to third parties of $1,151 and $3,558, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which have been reflected within sales, marketing, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Company is required to pay customary agency fees, letter of credit fees and a 0.50% commitment fee in respect of the unutilized commitments under the Revolving Facility.
The Senior Credit Agreement requires that the Company prepay outstanding loans under the Term Loan Facility, subject to certain exceptions, with (a) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt other than debt permitted under the Senior Credit Agreement, (b) commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and 0% based on the Company’s first lien net leverage ratio) of the Company’s annual excess cash flow and (c) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and casualty and condemnation events, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions.
The Company generally may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior Credit Facilities at any time without premium or penalty other than breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans; provided, however, the Company may be subject to a prepayment premium of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the loans so prepaid based on the timing of certain repricing transactions.
The Company is required to make quarterly payments equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the loans under the Term Loan Facility, with the balance due and payable on November 2, 2018. Any principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Facility is due and payable on November 2, 2016.
F-21
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Certain of the Company’s United States wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries, together with the Company, are co-borrowers and jointly and severally liable for all obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities. Such obligations of the co-borrowers are unconditionally guaranteed by Beagle Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent), the Company and each of its existing and future United States wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries (with certain exceptions including immaterial subsidiaries). These obligations are secured by a perfected security interest in substantially all of the assets of the co-borrowers and guarantors now owned or later acquired, including a pledge of all of the capital stock of the Company and its United States wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of its foreign restricted subsidiaries, subject in each case to the exclusion of certain assets and additional exceptions.
The Senior Credit Agreement requires the Company to comply with a maximum first lien net leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter. A breach of the first lien net leverage ratio covenant is subject to certain equity cure rights. In addition, the Senior Credit Facilities contain a number of negative covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:
| • | incur additional indebtedness or guarantees; |
| • | incur liens; |
| • | make investments, loans and acquisitions; |
| • | consolidate or merge; |
| • | sell assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; |
| • | pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock of the Company or any restricted subsidiary; |
| • | alter the business of the Company; |
| • | amend, prepay, redeem or purchase subordinated debt; |
| • | engage in transactions with affiliates; and |
| • | enter into agreements limiting dividends and distributions of certain subsidiaries. |
The Senior Credit Agreement also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and provisions relating to events of default (including upon change of control).
Senior Notes
The 2019 Notes bear interest at an annual rate of 11.00% with interest payable semi-annually on June 30 and December 31 of each year. The 2019 Notes mature on December 31, 2019. The 2020 Notes bear interest at an annual rate of 11.25% with interest payable quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. The 2020 Notes mature on December 31, 2020.
The Company may redeem the 2019 Notes, the 2020 Notes or both, in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 31, 2015 at the applicable redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, at any time prior to December 31, 2014, the Company may, at its option and on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes or the 2020 Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount, plus a premium equal to the stated interest rate on the 2019 Notes or the 2020 Notes, respectively, plus accrued and unpaid interest with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes or 2020 Notes, respectively, originally issued (including any additional notes) remain outstanding immediately after such redemption and the redemption occurs within 180 days of the equity offering. At any time prior to December 31, 2015, the Company may redeem the 2019 Notes, the 2020 Notes or both, in whole or in part, at its option and on one or more occasions, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus an applicable premium and accrued and unpaid interest. If the Company experiences specific kinds of changes in control, it must offer to purchase the Senior Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
F-22
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future indebtedness and senior in right of payment to all of its existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The Company’s obligations under the Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis by all of its existing and subsequently acquired or organized wholly-owned United States restricted subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities or its other indebtedness or indebtedness of any affiliate guarantor. The Senior Notes and the related guarantees are effectively subordinated to the Company’s existing and future secured obligations and that of its affiliate guarantors to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such obligations, and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of the Company’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes.
The indentures governing the Senior Notes (the “Indentures”) contain customary covenants that restrict the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to:
| • | pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock; |
| • | incur additional indebtedness or issue certain capital stock; |
| • | incur certain liens; |
| • | make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions; |
| • | consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets and the assets of their subsidiaries; |
| • | prepay subordinated debt; |
| • | engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and |
| • | enter into agreements restricting the subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends. |
The Indentures also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.
Obligation Under Data Sublicense Agreement
In October 2009 and April 2010, the Company acquired certain additional rights to specified uses of its data from the former owner of the Company’s business, in order to broaden the Company’s ability to pursue business intelligence and data analytics solutions for payers and providers. The Company previously licensed exclusive rights to this data to the former owner of the Company’s business. In connection with these data rights acquisitions, the Company recorded amortizable intangible assets and corresponding obligations at inception based on the present value of the scheduled annual payments through 2018, which totaled $65,000 in the aggregate (approximately $30,000 remained payable at December 31, 2013). In connection with the Merger, the Company was required to adjust this obligation to its fair value.
Other
During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company entered into deferred financing arrangements with certain vendors. The obligations were recorded at the present value of the scheduled payments. Such future payments totaled $13,384 at December 31, 2013.
F-23
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Aggregate Future Maturities
The aggregate amounts of future maturities under long-term debt arrangements are as follows:
| Years Ending December 31, |
||||
| 2014 |
$ | 31,330 | ||
| 2015 |
24,359 | |||
| 2016 |
24,237 | |||
| 2017 |
15,953 | |||
| 2018 |
1,217,528 | |||
| Thereafter |
750,000 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| $ | 2,063,407 | |||
|
|
|
10. Interest Rate Swap
Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s borrowings.
Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Prior to the Merger, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement with an original maturity of December 2011. In connection with the 2011 Transactions, this prior interest rate swap was terminated. In January 2012, the Company executed three new interest rate swap agreements to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing variable-rate debt pursuant to the Term Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding interest rate derivatives with a combined notional amount of $640,000 that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that an additional $2,575 will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense.
F-24
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively:
| Fair Values of Derivative Instruments | ||||||||||
| Asset (Liability) Derivatives | ||||||||||
| Balance Sheet Location | 2013 | 2012 | ||||||||
| Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: |
||||||||||
| Interest rate swap |
Other assets | $ | 899 | $ | — | |||||
| Interest rate swap |
Accrued expenses | (2,575 | ) | (2,563 | ) | |||||
| Interest rate swap |
Other long-term liabilities | — | (3,258 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | (1,676 | ) | $ | (5,821 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Statement of Operations
The effect of the derivative instruments on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, respectively, is summarized in the following table:
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
| Fiscal Year end December 31, 2013 |
Fiscal Year end December 31, 2012 |
November 2 through December 31, 2011 |
January 1 through November 1, 2011 |
|||||||||||||
| Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships |
||||||||||||||||
| (Gain)/loss related to effective portion of derivative recognized in other comprehensive loss |
$ | (1,559 | ) | $ | 8,194 | $ | — | $ | — | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Gain/(loss) related to effective portion of derivative reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense |
$ | (2,586 | ) | $ | (2,373 | ) | $ | — | $ | (11,645 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments |
||||||||||||||||
| Gain recognized in interest expense |
$ | — | $ | — | $ | 2,755 | $ | 7,983 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Credit Risk-related Contingent Features
The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company also could be declared in default on its derivative obligations.
As of December 31, 2013, the termination value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $2,423. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2013, the Company could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at this termination value. The Company does not offset any derivative instruments and the derivative instruments are not subject to collateral posting requirements.
F-25
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
11. Fair Value Measurements
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of the Company’s derivative financial instruments and contingent consideration associated with business combinations. The table below summarizes these items as of December 31, 2013, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.
| Description |
Balance at December 31, 2013 |
Quoted in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
||||||||||||
| Interest Rate Swap |
$ | (1,676 | ) | $ | — | $ | (1,676 | ) | $ | — | ||||||
| Contingent Consideration Obligations |
(5,484 | ) | — | — | (5,484 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total |
$ | (7,160 | ) | $ | — | $ | (1,676 | ) | $ | (5,484 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The valuation of the Company’s derivative financial instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivative, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves. The fair value of the interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash payments (or receipts) and the discounted expected variable cash receipts (or payments). The variable cash receipts (or payments) are based on an expectation of future interest rates derived from observable market interest rate curves. Effective January 2013, the Company revised its valuation methodology for derivatives to discount the future expected cash flows using the overnight index swap rate. This change in methodology had no material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.
The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements and measures the credit risk of its derivative financial instruments that are subject to master netting agreements on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.
Although the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and by its counterparties. As of December 31, 2013, the Company determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. As a result, the Company determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
The valuation of the Company’s contingent consideration obligations is estimated as the present value of total expected contingent consideration payments which are determined using a Monte Carlo simulation. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the purchase agreement and utilizes assumptions with regard to future sales, probabilities of achieving such future sales, the timing of the expected payments and a discount rate. Significant increases with respect to assumptions as to future sales and probabilities of achieving such future sales would result in a higher fair value measurement while an increase in the discount rate would result in a lower fair value measurement.
F-26
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
The table below presents a reconciliation of the fair value of the liabilities that use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
| Fiscal | Fiscal | November 2 | January 1 | |||||||||||||
| Year Ended | Year Ended | through | through | |||||||||||||
| December 31, | December 31, | December 31, | November 1, | |||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | |||||||||||||
| Balance at beginning of period |
$ | (296 | ) | $ | (501 | ) | $ | (9,163 | ) | $ | (16,046 | ) | ||||
| Issuances of contingent consideration |
(5,553 | ) | — | (49 | ) | (2,154 | ) | |||||||||
| Settlement of contingent consideration |
296 | 205 | 2,868 | 1,001 | ||||||||||||
| Total changes included in other income, net |
69 | — | 5,843 | 8,036 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Balance at end of period |
$ | (5,484 | ) | $ | (296 | ) | $ | (501 | ) | $ | (9,163 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value upon Initial Recognition
The carrying amount and the estimated fair value of financial instruments held by the Company as of December 31, 2013 were:
| Carrying Amount |
Fair Value | |||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 76,538 | $ | 76,538 | ||||
| Accounts receivable |
$ | 214,247 | $ | 214,247 | ||||
| Senior Credit Facilities (Level 1) |
$ | 1,262,445 | $ | 1,281,467 | ||||
| Senior Notes (Level 2) |
$ | 732,776 | $ | 861,098 | ||||
The carrying amounts of cash equivalents and accounts receivable approximate fair value because of their short-term maturities. The fair value of long-term debt is based upon market quotes and trades by investors in partial interests of these instruments.
F-27
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
12. Commitments
Lease Commitments
The Company recognizes lease expense on a straight-line basis, including predetermined fixed escalations, over the initial lease term including reasonably assured renewal periods from the time that the Company controls the leased property.
The Company leases its offices and other facilities under operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2025. Future minimum lease commitments under these non-cancelable lease agreements as of December 31, 2013 were as follows:
| Years Ending December 31: |
||||
| 2014 |
$ | 10,224 | ||
| 2015 |
9,042 | |||
| 2016 |
8,923 | |||
| 2017 |
7,925 | |||
| 2018 |
6,768 | |||
| Thereafter |
14,062 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total minimum lease payments |
$ | 56,944 | ||
|
|
|
Total rent expense for all operating leases was $12,625, $11,193, $1,748 and $8,148 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively.
Postemployment Benefits
The Company generally offers postemployment benefits to its employees in the case of certain employee termination events consisting of severance and outplacement services. The extent of such benefits vary based on employee title and, in some cases, accumulate based on the respective employee’s years of service to the Company. Due to the episodic nature of the Company’s severance benefit history and the inability to reasonably predict future termination events, no accrual for accumulating severance benefits is accrued until the point that the payment of a severance benefit is probable and can be reasonably estimated.
13. Legal Proceedings
The Company has accrued an estimated potential loss of $5,000 related to a vendor fee dispute. While the recorded amount represents the Company’s current best estimate, it is reasonably possible that future events confirming the loss and an estimate of the amount of loss may occur. In addition, the amount of loss could differ significantly than the current estimate.
Additionally, in the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various claims and legal proceedings. While the ultimate resolution of these matters has yet to be determined, the Company does not believe that their outcomes will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
F-28
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
14. Incentive Compensation Plans
Equity Compensation Plans
Effect of the Merger
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, the Company’s then outstanding stock options, EBS Master units (“EBS Units”) and restricted stock units under various equity compensation programs, including the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”), became fully vested immediately prior to the closing of the Merger in accordance with the award agreements and were settled in cash, canceled or, for certain members of senior management, exchanged for new options of Parent common stock (the “Rollover Options”). Except for the Rollover Options, each option holder received an amount in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes, equal to $19.00 less the exercise price of each option. Additionally, each EBS Unit and restricted stock unit holder received $19.00 in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes.
The exercise price of the Rollover Options and the number of shares of Parent common stock underlying the Rollover Options were adjusted as a result of the Merger. Additionally, the Rollover Options provided each of the holders a right, which expired in June 2012, to require Parent to repurchase shares issued upon exercise of the Rollover Options at their initial fair value. As the repurchase rights were within the control of the option holder, the Company initially included the fair value ($4,125) of these Rollover Options in accrued expenses and upon the expiration of the repurchase rights, the fair value associated with remaining Rollover Options was reclassified to equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012. Prior to the expiration of the repurchase rights, the Company paid $317 for settlement of Rollover Options to certain employees who exercised their repurchase rights during the year ended December 31, 2012.
Equity Awards Prior to the Merger
In connection with the IPO, the Company reserved 17,300,000 shares of Class A common stock for issuance to employees, directors and consultants under the 2009 Plan and also entered into individual award agreements with certain of the Company’s directors and senior management for EBS Units (“the “Management Awards”). The equity granted in connection with the IPO pursuant to the 2009 Plan and Management Awards replaced outstanding awards under the Amended and Restated EBS Executive Equity Incentive Plan and Amended and Restated EBS Incentive Plan. As these awards were issued in connection with the conversion of prior equity awards, the fair value was derived from the allocation of the remaining compensation expense previously associated with the prior equity awards to the respective share based payments received (i.e., EBS Units, restricted stock units, shares of Class A common stock and stock options) on a relative fair value basis.
In addition to the awards issued in connection with the conversion of the prior equity awards, the Company issued restricted stock units and stock options of the Company, some of which contained performance conditions as described below.
EBS Units and Restricted Class A common stock units
The fair value of EBS Units and restricted stock units was determined based on the closing trading price of the Class A common stock on the grant date. Upon vesting, the EBS Units, together with the corresponding shares of Class B common stock, were exchangeable for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Upon vesting, restricted stock units converted into Class A common stock.
F-29
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
In connection with the vesting of all outstanding awards immediately prior to and in connection with the Merger, all remaining unrecognized compensation expense was recognized and is reflected in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011.The weighted average grant date fair value of restricted Class A common stock units issued during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $15.39. The total fair value of the EBS Units and restricted Class A common stock units vested during the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 was $16,649.
Options to Purchase Shares of Class A common stock
Options to purchase shares of Class A common stock were granted under the 2009 Plan both in connection with the conversion of the prior equity awards and as new awards to certain employees and directors of the Company. Option awards were generally granted with a term of ten years, an exercise price equal to the market price of the Class A common stock on the date of grant, and with vesting periods of three to four years. The fair value of the options issued in connection with the conversion of the prior equity awards was derived by the allocation of the remaining compensation expense associated with the prior equity awards to the converted awards on a relative fair value basis. The Company calculated the fair value of the new options granted under the 2009 Plan using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
In connection with the vesting of all outstanding options immediately prior to and in connection with the Merger, all remaining unrecognized compensation expense was recognized and is reflected in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011.
Performance Awards
The Company issued unvested EBS Units, options to purchase Class A common stock and restricted Class A common stock units that contained performance conditions.
Executive Chairman: With respect to performance awards issued to the Company’s former executive chairman in connection with the conversion of the prior equity awards, the Company issued 206,578 unvested EBS Units and options to purchase 643,422 shares of Class A common stock that vested over three years. The replacement awards issued were subject to the same financial target performance conditions as the prior equity awards. The unvested EBS Units and options were earned and vested based upon continued employment and the attainment of certain financial performance objectives. The fair value of these awards was derived consistent with other converted awards by the allocation of the remaining compensation expense of the prior equity awards with performance conditions based on relative fair value of the share based payments issued. The fair value of these unvested EBS Units that were subject to performance conditions issued in connection with the conversion was $11.01 per unit.
The fair value of options granted in connection with the conversion of the prior equity awards that were subject to performance conditions was $5.26 per option. In connection with the Merger, 40% of performance based EBS Units and options were earned and vested and the remaining 60% were cancelled. The Company recorded $1,631 of compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of these awards, which is reflected in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011.
Other Management: During 2010, the Company issued 150,000 restricted Class A common stock units, one half of which were scheduled to vest after three years and one half of which were scheduled to vest after four years, with vesting accelerated if certain financial performance targets were achieved, to certain members of management who joined the Company following the acquisition of Chamberlin Edmonds in 2010. The grant date fair value of these restricted Class A common stock units was $12.15. In connection with the vesting of all outstanding awards immediately prior to and in connection with the Merger, all remaining unrecognized compensation expense was recognized and is reflected in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011.
F-30
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Parent Awards
Parent assumed the 2009 Plan by adopting the Beagle Parent Corp. Amended and Restated 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Parent Equity Plan”). Pursuant to the Parent Equity Plan, 150,000 shares of Parent common stock have been reserved for the issuance of equity awards to employees, directors and consultants of Parent and its affiliates.
Equity Awards
Parent grants equity-based awards of Parent common stock to certain employees and directors under the Parent Equity Plan. Grants under the Parent Equity Plan consist of one, or a combination of, time-vested awards and/or performance-based awards. In each case, the equity awards are subject to certain call rights by Parent in the event of termination of service by the award holder and put rights by the award holder or his/her beneficiaries in the event of death or disability.
Time Vested Awards: The time-vested awards consist of the following:
(i) Tier I Time Awards were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of Parent common stock on the date of grant and generally vest in equal 20% installments on the first through fifth anniversary of the Merger or the grant date, subject to the award holder’s continued employment through each vesting date. The Company estimates the fair value of the Tier I Time Awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. As of December 31, 2013, unrecognized compensation expense related to Tier I Time Awards was $21,049. This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.32 years.
(ii) Tier II Time Awards were granted with an exercise price greater than the fair value of Parent common stock on the date of grant and generally vest in equal 20% installments on the first through fifth anniversary of the Merger or grant date, subject to the award holder’s continued employment through each vesting date. As the Tier II Time Awards were granted with an exercise price that was significantly out of the money as of the grant date, the Tier II Time Awards contain an implied market condition. As a result, the requisite service period is the longer of the explicit and derived service periods. The Company estimates the fair value of the Tier II Time Awards using a Monte Carlo simulation. As of December 31, 2013, unrecognized compensation expense related to the Tier II Time Awards was $3,853. This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.29 years.
Performance Awards: The performance awards were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of Parent common stock on the date of grant and vest, subject to the employee’s continued employment through the vesting date, on the date when Blackstone has sold at least 25% of the maximum number of Parent shares held by it (i.e. a liquidity event) and achieved a specified rate of return. The Company values the performance awards using a Monte Carlo simulation. Because vesting of the performance awards is contingent upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, no compensation expense has been recorded related to the performance awards. In the event that a sale by Blackstone of at least 25% of its stock occurs, the Company will record all related compensation expense at that time. As of December 31, 2013, unrecognized compensation expense related to the performance awards was $21,705.
F-31
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Modification of Awards
On September 30, 2013, awards granted to the Company’s former chief executive officer were modified to accelerate vesting and extend the grace period to exercise a portion of the Tier I Time Awards and Performance Awards for three years following his termination. Total incremental compensation cost recognized as a result of the modification to the Tier I Time Awards was $970 for the year ended December 31, 2013. Additionally, in the event the performance condition governing the Performance Awards becomes probable, the Company will recognize $1,031 of incremental compensation cost related to the modification of the Performance Awards.
Activity Summary
A summary of award activity under the Parent Equity Plan for the year ended December 31, 2013, is presented separately below for awards valued using the Black Scholes option pricing model and a Monte Carlo simulation.
Awards Valued Using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model
| Awards | Weighted Average Exercise Price |
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term |
Aggregate Intrinsic Value |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tier I Time | Rollover | Tier I Time | Rollover | Tier I Time | Rollover | Tier I Time | Rollover | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Awards | Awards | Awards | Awards | Awards | Awards | Awards | Awards | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding at January 1, 2013 |
46,005.0 | 4,335.0 | $ | 1,000 | $ | 250 | 9.6 | 8.8 | $ | — | $ | 4,058 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Granted |
16,527.5 | — | 1,020 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercised |
— | (1,350.0 | ) | — | 250 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Expired |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Forfeited |
(7,809.8 | ) | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2013 |
54,722.7 | 2,985.0 | $ | 1,006 | $ | 250 | 8.9 | 7.8 | $ | 764 | $ | 2,298 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
| Exercisable at December 31, 2013 |
16,839.2 | 2,985.0 | $ | 1,000 | $ | 250 | 8.5 | 7.8 | $ | 336 | $ | 2,298 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
F-32
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Awards Valued Using a Monte Carlo Simulation
| Awards | Weighted Average Exercise Price |
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term |
Aggregate Intrinsic Value |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tier II Time | Performance | Tier II Time | Performance | Tier II Time | Performance | Tier II Time | Performance | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Awards | Awards | Awards | Awards | Awards | Awards | Awards | Awards | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding at January 1, 2013 |
17,450.0 | 44,905.0 | $ | 2,500 | $ | 1,000 | 9.5 | 9.6 | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Granted |
4,250.0 | 13,627.5 | 2,500 | 1,020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercised |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Expired |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Forfeited |
(5,400.0 | ) | (6,532.5 | ) | — | 1,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2013 |
16,300.0 | 52,000.0 | $ | 2,500 | $ | 1,005 | 8.9 | 9.6 | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
| Exercisable at December 31, 2013 |
4,820.0 | — | $ | 2,500 | $ | — | 8.5 | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo Simulation Option Pricing Model Assumptions
The following table summarizes the weighted average fair values of awards valued using the Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo Simulation option pricing models, as appropriate, and the weighted average assumptions used to develop the fair value estimates under each of the valuation models for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively:
| Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 | Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 | November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tier I | Tier II | Performance | Tier I | Tier II | Performance | Rollover | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Time Awards | Time Awards | Awards | Time Awards | Time Awards | Awards | Awards | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Weighted average fair value |
$ | 606.70 | $ | 399.07 | $ | 371.61 | $ | 567.88 | $ | 381.50 | $ | 433.67 | $ | 762.51 | ||||||||||||||
| Expected volatility |
62.05 | % | 55.87 | % | 55.87 | % | 61.80 | % | 57.63 | % | 57.63 | % | 29.16 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Risk-free interest rate |
1.77 | % | 2.76 | % | 2.76 | % | 0.84 | % | 1.57 | % | 1.57 | % | 0.90 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Expected term (years) |
6.48 | N/A | N/A | 6.15 | N/A | N/A | 5.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Expected dividend yield — The Company is subject to limitations on the payment of dividends under its Senior Credit Facilities as further discussed in Note 9 above to these consolidated financial statements. An increase in the dividend yield will decrease compensation expense.
Expected volatility — This is a measure of the amount by which the price of the equity instrument has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. For the Rollover Options, the expected volatility was estimated based on a weighted average of the Class A common stock historical volatility prior to the Merger and the median historical volatility of a group of guideline companies (weighted based upon proportion of the expected term represented by the Company’s historical volatility and the volatility of the guideline companies, respectively). For awards granted following the Merger, the expected volatility was based upon the levered median historical volatility of a group of guideline companies. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.
F-33
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Risk-free interest rate — This is the U.S. Treasury rate for the week of the grant having a term approximating the expected life of the award. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase compensation expense.
Expected term — This is the period of time over which the awards are expected to remain outstanding. The Company estimates the expected term as the mid-point between the actual or expected vesting date and the contractual term. An increase in the expected term will increase compensation expense.
Summary of Equity Compensation Expense
For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, the Company recognized expense of $7,021, $6,842, $0 and $54,932, and an income tax benefit of $59, $0, $0 and $15,216, respectively, in the aggregate related to its equity compensation arrangements.
Long Term Cash Incentive Plan
During 2013, the Company adopted the Emdeon Long Term Cash Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”). Under the terms of the LTIP, each participant has the opportunity to accrue a specified percentage of their respective annual base salary during each year of the 2013 to 2017 performance period based on the amount by which earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of the participants designated business unit exceed a specified threshold. Aggregate payments under the LTIP will occur only in connection with a change in control of the Company and generally require the continued service of the respective participants through the date of the change in control.
At December 31, 2013, based on current participants, the maximum amount of cash payments that could be payable under the LTIP in the event of a change in control are $8,175. As of December 31, 2013, an estimated $1,638 of this maximum amount has been earned by the participants and would be payable in the event of a change in control. Because any payments under the LTIP are contingent upon a change in control, no amounts under the LTIP have been accrued in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
15. Retirement Plans
Employees of the Company may participate in a 401k plan, which provides for matching contributions from the Company. Expenses related to this plan were $4,942, $4,040, $676 and $3,340 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, respectively.
F-34
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
16. Income Taxes
The income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively, was as follows:
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
| Fiscal | Fiscal | November 2 | January 1 | |||||||||||||
| Year end | Year end | through | through | |||||||||||||
| December 31, | December 31, | December 31, | November 1, | |||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | |||||||||||||
| Current: |
||||||||||||||||
| Federal |
$ | 349 | $ | (3,567 | ) | $ | (3,212 | ) | $ | 18,814 | ||||||
| State |
2,508 | 1,868 | (576 | ) | 4,432 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Current income tax provision (benefit) |
2,857 | (1,699 | ) | (3,788 | ) | 23,246 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Deferred: |
||||||||||||||||
| Federal |
(40,161 | ) | (41,210 | ) | (6,014 | ) | (5,154 | ) | ||||||||
| State |
619 | 2,763 | (383 | ) | (9,891 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Deferred income tax provision (benefit) |
(39,542 | ) | (38,447 | ) | (6,397 | ) | (15,045 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total income tax provision (benefit) |
$ | (36,685 | ) | $ | (40,146 | ) | $ | (10,185 | ) | $ | 8,201 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The differences between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate principally relate to the impact of valuation allowances and uncertain tax positions related to state income taxes, book versus tax basis differences in the Company’s investment in EBS Master, non-deductible costs related to the 2011 Transactions and stock compensation expense recorded for book purposes but not deductible for tax. The reconciliation between the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate is as follows:
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
| Fiscal | Fiscal | November 2 | January 1 | |||||||||||||
| Year end | Year end | through | through | |||||||||||||
| December 31, | December 31, | December 31, | November 1, | |||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | |||||||||||||
| Statutory U.S. federal tax rate |
35.00 | % | 35.00 | % | 35.00 | % | 35.00 | % | ||||||||
| State income taxes (net of federal benefit) |
(1.89 | ) | (2.95 | ) | 3.68 | 52.49 | ||||||||||
| Meals and entertainment |
(0.88 | ) | (0.29 | ) | (0.65 | ) | (3.36 | ) | ||||||||
| 2011 Transactions related costs |
— | — | (0.49 | ) | (34.77 | ) | ||||||||||
| Other |
(1.18 | ) | (0.05 | ) | (0.64 | ) | 1.55 | |||||||||
| Tax credits |
0.02 | 0.16 | 0.53 | 11.14 | ||||||||||||
| Equity compensation |
— | — | — | (62.26 | ) | |||||||||||
| Non-timing basis differences |
0.95 | 0.19 | 0.37 | (89.58 | ) | |||||||||||
| Noncontrolling interest |
— | — | — | 15.71 | ||||||||||||
| Domestic production activities |
— | 2.85 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Uncertain tax positions |
(0.32 | ) | (1.23 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||
| Foreign loss not benefited |
0.23 | 0.20 | 0.09 | 2.03 | ||||||||||||
| Change in valuation allowance |
1.06 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Effective income tax rate |
32.99 | % | 33.88 | % | 37.89 | % | (72.05 | )% | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-35
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
At December 31, 2013, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards (tax effected) for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $147,049 and $34,183, respectively, which expire from 2027 through 2034 and 2017 through 2034, respectively. A portion of net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation regarding their utilization against taxable income in future periods due to the “change of ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions.
The Company and certain of its subsidiaries are included in Parent’s consolidated filing group for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as in certain state income tax returns that include Parent. With respect to tax returns for any taxable period in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries are included in a tax return filing with Parent, the amount of taxes to be paid by the Company is determined, subject to certain adjustments, as if it and its subsidiaries filed their own tax returns excluding Parent.
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:
| 2013 | 2012 | |||||||
| Deferred tax assets and (liabilities): |
||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
$ | (327,142 | ) | $ | (335,888 | ) | ||
| Investment in partnership |
(307,077 | ) | (281,665 | ) | ||||
| Accounts receivable |
738 | 983 | ||||||
| Fair value of interest rate swap |
632 | 2,159 | ||||||
| Accruals and reserves |
4,122 | 344 | ||||||
| Capital and net operating losses |
182,182 | 152,238 | ||||||
| Debt discount and interest |
1,249 | (1,074 | ) | |||||
| Equity compensation |
6,960 | 4,338 | ||||||
| Valuation allowance |
(7,012 | ) | (11,016 | ) | ||||
| Tax receivable agreement obligation to related parties |
13,484 | 5,074 | ||||||
| Other |
1,918 | 1,770 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net deferred tax assets and (liabilities) |
$ | (429,946 | ) | $ | (462,737 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Reported as: |
||||||||
| Current deferred tax assets |
$ | 6,317 | $ | 4,184 | ||||
| Non-current deferred tax liabilities |
(436,263 | ) | (466,921 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net deferred tax assets and (liabilities) |
$ | (429,946 | ) | $ | (462,737 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows:
| Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
| Fiscal | Fiscal | November 2 | January 1 | |||||||||||||
| Year end | Year end | through | through | |||||||||||||
| 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2011 | |||||||||||||
| Unrecognized benefit from prior years |
$ | 11,021 | $ | 9,911 | $ | 9,354 | $ | 1,368 | ||||||||
| Decreases from prior period tax positions |
(216 | ) | — | (1,017 | ) | — | ||||||||||
| Increases from prior period tax positions |
— | — | — | 7,986 | ||||||||||||
| Increases from current period tax positions |
561 | 1,461 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Decreases from settlements with taxing authorities |
— | (351 | ) | 1,574 | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Ending unrecognized benefit |
$ | 11,366 | $ | 11,021 | $ | 9,911 | $ | 9,354 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-36
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $1,805 and $1,461 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate. The Company anticipates that the total amount of the unrecognized tax positions could change significantly in the next twelve months as a result of further insight as to the possible resolution of matters before the Joint Committee on Taxation, as well as the expiration of the statute of limitations related to certain matters.
The Company recognizes interest income and expense (if any) related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. The Company recognized interest and penalties of $0, $0, $63, and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively.
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s U.S. federal and state income tax returns for the tax years 2010 and beyond remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. With respect to state and local jurisdictions and countries outside of the United States, the Company and its subsidiaries are typically subject to examination for a number of years after the income tax returns have been filed. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, the Company believes that adequate amounts of tax, interest and penalties have been provided for in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for any adjustments that may be incurred due to state, local or foreign audits.
17. Tax Receivable Agreement Obligations to Related Parties
In connection with the IPO, the Company entered into tax receivable agreements which obligated the Company to make payments to certain current and former owners of the Company, including H&F and certain members of management, equal to 85% of the applicable cash savings that the Company realizes as a result of tax attributes arising from certain previous transactions, including the 2011 Transactions. The Company will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these tax savings.
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, H&F and certain current and former members of management exchanged all of their remaining EBS Units (and corresponding shares of Class B common stock) for cash and a combination of cash and shares of Parent, respectively, and the former majority owner of the Company assigned its rights under the tax receivable agreements to affiliates of Blackstone. Additionally, effective December 31, 2011, the Company simplified its corporate structure. The tax attributes of the exchange of EBS Units and corporate restructuring are expected to provide the Company with additional cash savings, 85% of which are payable to the TRA Members. Collectively, the Company expects the tax attributes of the above referenced events to result in cumulative remaining payments under the tax receivable agreements of $359,243. $151,470 of this amount, which reflected the initial fair value of the tax receivable agreement obligations plus recognized accretion, was reflected as an obligation on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013. The accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 include accretion expense of $26,470 and $8,666, respectively, related to this obligation.
During 2013, the Company changed its estimate of the timing and amount of future cash flows attributable to the tax receivable agreements as a result of a change in the Company’s effective tax rate, the impact of the April 2013 repricing to the Senior Credit Agreement, the Goold acquisition and routine updates to financial projections. These revised estimates resulted in an increase to pretax net loss of $9,530 for the year ended December 31, 2013.
F-37
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Based on current facts and circumstances, the Company estimates the aggregate payments due under the tax receivable agreements to be as follows:
| Years Ending December 31: |
||||
| 2014 |
$ | 974 | ||
| 2015 |
945 | |||
| 2016 |
13,567 | |||
| 2017 |
72,767 | |||
| 2018 |
66,983 | |||
| Thereafter |
204,007 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Gross expected payments |
359,243 | |||
| Less: Amounts representing discount |
(207,773 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Total tax receivable agreement obligations due to related parties |
151,470 | |||
| Less: Current portion due (included in accrued expenses) |
(974 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Tax receivable agreement obligations due to related parties |
$ | 150,496 | ||
|
|
|
The timing and/or amount of aggregate payments due may vary based on a number of factors, including the amount and timing of the taxable income the Company generates in the future and the tax rate then applicable, the use of loss carryovers and the portion of payments under the tax receivable agreements constituting imputed interest or amortizable basis.
18. Other Related Party Transactions
Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, the Company entered into a transaction and advisory fee agreement with Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C., an affiliate of Blackstone (“BMP”), and Hellman & Friedman, L.P., an affiliate of H&F (“HFLP,” and, together with BMP, the “Managers”), for a term of twelve years. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company paid the Managers, at the closing of the Merger, a $30,000 transaction fee in consideration for the Managers undertaking financial and structural analysis, due diligence and other assistance related to the Merger and reimbursed the Managers for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Managers in connection with the Merger and the provision of services under the agreement. In addition, in consideration for certain advisory services, the Company is obligated to pay the Managers at the beginning of each fiscal year an aggregate advisory fee of $6,000 or an agreed upon amount not to exceed 2% of consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) for such fiscal year. Pursuant to the agreement, the Managers are also entitled to receive transaction fees equal to 1% of the aggregate transaction value upon the consummation of any acquisition, divestiture, disposition, merger, consolidation, restructuring or recapitalization, issuance of private or public debt or equity securities (including an initial public offering of equity securities), financing or similar transaction involving the Company.
Pursuant to the agreement, in connection with or in anticipation of a change in control of the Company, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or an initial public offering of the equity of the Company or parent entity of the Company or their successors, the Managers have the option to receive, in consideration of such Manager’s role in facilitating such transaction and in settlement of the termination of the services, a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then-present value of all the then-current and future annual advisory fees payable under the agreement, assuming a remaining twelve-year payment period. To the extent that the Company does not pay the lump sum fee when due, the obligation will accrue interest at an annual rate of 10%, compounded quarterly.
F-38
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
During the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011, the Company paid $30,000 ($28,050 to BMP and $1,950 to HFLP), respectively, in transaction fees. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and during the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011, the Company paid $6,000 ($4,350 to BMP and $1,650 to HFLP), $6,600 ($5,985 to BMP and $615 to HFLP) and $986 ($715 to BMP and $271 to HFLP) in advisory fees and approximately $125, $200 and $400, respectively, as reimbursement to BMP for their out of pocket expenses. With respect to the Merger transaction fee, the fee was paid by the Company on behalf of Parent. As a result, the Merger transaction fee was reflected as a reduction of the equity contributed by Parent. The advisory fees are reflected within sales, marketing, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Transaction Fee Letter Agreement
In connection with the 2011 Transactions, Parent entered into an agreement with Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. (“BAP”) whereby BAP agreed to provide advisory services, including general business and financial analysis, transaction feasibility analysis, due diligence support, pricing analysis, assistance with negotiations and the development of a general transaction strategy. In exchange for these services, Parent agreed to pay a transaction fee of $10,000 that was contingent upon the closing of the Merger. Immediately following the Merger, Parent caused the Company to pay $10,000 to BAP on behalf of Parent. This fee, as it was incurred on behalf of Parent, was reflected as a reduction of the equity contributed by Parent.
2019 Notes and Term Loans Held by Related Party
During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011, certain investment funds managed by GSO Capital Partners LP (the “GSO-managed funds”) held a portion of the 2019 Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities. GSO Advisor Holdings LLC (“GSO Advisor”) is the general partner of GSO Capital Partners LP. Blackstone, indirectly through its subsidiaries, holds all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of GSO Advisor. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the GSO-managed funds held $100,000 in principal amount of the 2019 Notes and $90,645 and $43,697 in principal amount of the Senior Credit Facilities ($906 and $437 of which is classified within current portion of long-term debt), respectively.
Transactions with Blackstone Portfolio Companies
The Company provides various services to certain Blackstone portfolio companies under contracts that were executed in the normal course of business. The Company recognized revenue of $6,959, $3,606, $769 and $4,478 related to services provided to Blackstone portfolio companies for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively.
Transactions with H&F Portfolio Companies
The Company both provides various services to, and purchases from, certain H&F portfolio companies under contracts that were executed in the normal course of business. The Company recognized revenue of $2,029, $1,885, $206, and $1,174 related to services provided to H&F portfolio companies for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively. The Company paid H&F portfolio companies $695, $101, $0, and $247 related to services provided to the Company for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively.
F-39
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Other
During 2009, the Company executed an agreement with a company in which the former majority owner of the Company had a substantial ownership interest, to outsource certain mailroom and verification services. Under this agreement, the Company paid the vendor approximately $2,202 in 2011 in connection with services received under this agreement. In May 2011, the former majority owner of the Company sold all of its interests in the company.
19. Segment Reporting
Effective January 1, 2013, the Company completed an internal reorganization of its reporting structure which resulted in a change in the composition of its operating segments. Additionally, the Company periodically makes other changes to the composition of its operating segments. Prior period segment information is restated to reflect the organizational structure and any other changes made.
During 2013, management viewed the Company’s operating results in four operating segments: (a) payer services, (b) provider revenue cycle solutions, (c) ambulatory provider services and (d) pharmacy services. Listed below are the results of operations for each of the operating segments. This information is reflected in the manner utilized by management to make operating decisions, assess performance and allocate resources. Segment assets are not presented to management for purposes of operational decision making, and therefore are not included in the accompanying tables. The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 2 to these consolidated financial statements.
Payer Services Segment
The payer services segment provides payment cycle solutions to healthcare payers that simplify the administration of healthcare related to insurance eligibility and benefit verification, claims management, payment integrity and payment distribution. Additionally, the payer services segment provides consulting services primarily to healthcare payers.
Provider Revenue Cycle Solutions Segment
The provider revenue cycle solutions segment provides revenue cycle management solutions, government program eligibility and enrollment services and revenue optimization solutions primarily to hospitals and large physician practices that simplify providers’ revenue cycle and workflow, reduce related costs and improve cash flow.
Ambulatory Provider Services Segment
The ambulatory provider services segment provides, both directly and through the Company’s channel partners, revenue cycle management solutions and patient billing and payment services primarily to small physician practices, dentists, labs and other ambulatory healthcare providers that simplify providers’ revenue cycle and workflow, reduce related costs and improve cash flow.
F-40
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Pharmacy Services Segment
The pharmacy services segment provides electronic prescribing services and other electronic solutions to pharmacies, pharmacy benefit management companies, government agencies and other payers related to prescription benefit claim filing, adjudication and management.
Other
Inter-segment revenue and expenses primarily represent claims management and patient billing and payment services provided between segments.
Corporate and eliminations includes management, administrative and other shared corporate services functions such as information technology, legal, finance, human resources, marketing and product management, as well as eliminations to remove inter-segment revenue and expenses. These administrative and other shared services costs are excluded from the adjusted EBITDA measure for each respective operating segment.
The revenue and adjusted EBITDA for the operating segments are as follows:
F-41
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
| Successor—For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Payer | Ambulatory Provider |
Provider Revenue Cycle Solutions |
Pharmacy | Corporate and Eliminations |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue from external customers: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Claims management |
$ | 286,057 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 286,057 | ||||||||||||
| Payment distribution services |
262,415 | — | — | — | — | 262,415 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Patient billing and payment services |
— | 252,830 | — | — | — | 252,830 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Physician services |
— | 77,697 | — | — | (25,002 | ) | 52,695 | |||||||||||||||||
| Dental |
— | 32,375 | — | — | — | 32,375 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue cycle technology |
— | — | 120,641 | — | — | 120,641 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue cycle services |
— | — | 123,471 | — | — | 123,471 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Pharmacy |
— | — | — | 112,083 | — | 112,083 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Inter-segment revenue |
4,673 | — | 1,333 | 334 | (6,340 | ) | — | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net revenue |
$ | 553,145 | $ | 362,902 | $ | 245,445 | $ | 112,417 | $ | (31,342 | ) | $ | 1,242,567 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes |
$ | (111,143 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
153,169 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
183,839 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| EBITDA |
225,865 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity compensation |
7,021 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acquisition accounting adjustments |
894 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acquisition-related costs |
3,245 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Transaction-related costs and advisory fees |
6,948 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Strategic initiatives, duplicative and transition costs |
8,401 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Severance and retention costs |
7,520 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt and other related costs |
24,311 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accretion expense |
26,470 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| (Gain) loss on disposal of assets and other non-routine charges |
12,447 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Contingent consideration |
(69 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
937 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| EBITDA Adjustments |
98,125 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 220,925 | $ | 96,899 | $ | 101,174 | $ | 51,987 | $ | (146,995 | ) | $ | 323,990 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Capital Expenditures |
$ | 12,423 | $ | 8,614 | $ | 11,500 | $ | 3,540 | $ | 35,009 | $ | 71,086 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
F-42
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
| Successor—For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Payer | Ambulatory Provider |
Provider Revenue Cycle Solutions |
Pharmacy | Corporate and Eliminations |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue from external customers: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Claims management |
$ | 246,048 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 246,048 | ||||||||||||
| Payment distribution services |
254,844 | — | — | — | — | 254,844 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Patient billing and payment services |
— | 254,182 | — | — | — | 254,182 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Physician services |
— | 73,314 | — | — | (25,955 | ) | 47,359 | |||||||||||||||||
| Dental |
— | 31,586 | — | — | — | 31,586 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue cycle technology |
— | — | 108,728 | — | — | 108,728 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue cycle services |
— | — | 114,487 | — | — | 114,487 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Pharmacy |
— | — | — | 95,079 | — | 95,079 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Inter-segment revenue |
4,227 | — | 889 | 350 | (5,466 | ) | — | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net revenue |
$ | 505,119 | $ | 359,082 | $ | 224,104 | $ | 95,429 | $ | (31,421 | ) | $ | 1,152,313 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes |
$ | (118,481 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
172,253 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
187,225 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| EBITDA |
240,997 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity compensation |
6,842 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acquisition accounting adjustments |
4,697 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acquisition-related costs |
6,913 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Transaction-related costs and advisory fees |
9,907 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Strategic initiatives, duplicative and transition costs |
9,730 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Severance and retention costs |
1,632 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt and other related costs |
25,411 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accretion expense |
8,666 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| (Gain) loss on disposal of assets |
52 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
1,577 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| EBITDA Adjustments |
75,427 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 202,355 | $ | 98,058 | $ | 102,299 | $ | 48,932 | $ | (135,220 | ) | $ | 316,424 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Capital Expenditures |
$ | 14,989 | $ | 5,610 | $ | 12,306 | $ | 4,664 | $ | 24,485 | $ | 62,054 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
F-43
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
| Successor—For the period from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Payer | Ambulatory Provider |
Provider Revenue Cycle Solutions |
Pharmacy | Corporate and Eliminations |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue from external customers: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Claims management |
$ | 36,305 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 36,305 | ||||||||||||
| Payment distribution services |
41,140 | — | — | — | — | 41,140 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Patient billing and payment services |
— | 42,024 | — | — | — | 42,024 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Physician services |
— | 15,338 | — | — | (3,267 | ) | 12,071 | |||||||||||||||||
| Dental |
— | 5,167 | — | — | — | 5,167 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue cycle technology |
— | — | 16,750 | — | — | 16,750 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue cycle services |
— | — | 18,760 | — | — | 18,760 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Pharmacy |
— | — | — | 14,899 | — | 14,899 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Inter-segment revenue |
514 | — | 107 | 62 | (683 | ) | — | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net revenue |
$ | 77,959 | $ | 62,529 | $ | 35,617 | $ | 14,961 | $ | (3,950 | ) | $ | 187,116 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes |
$ | (26,879 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
29,343 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
29,094 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| EBITDA |
31,558 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity compensation |
— | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acquisition accounting adjustments |
2,104 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acquisition-related costs |
2,236 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Transaction-related costs and advisory fees |
8,185 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Strategic initiatives, duplicative and transition costs |
492 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Severance and retention costs |
250 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt and other related costs |
10,732 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accretion expense |
2,916 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| (Gain) loss on disposal of assets |
488 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Contingent consideration |
(5,843 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
428 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| EBITDA Adjustments |
21,988 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 30,456 | $ | 17,664 | $ | 15,325 | $ | 7,528 | $ | (17,427 | ) | $ | 53,546 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Capital Expenditures |
$ | 1,207 | $ | 848 | $ | 2,434 | $ | 732 | $ | 3,058 | $ | 8,279 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
F-44
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
| Predecessor—For the period from January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Payer | Ambulatory Provider |
Provider Revenue Cycle Solutions |
Pharmacy | Corporate and Eliminations |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue from external customers: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Claims management |
$ | 177,568 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 177,568 | ||||||||||||
| Payment distribution services |
201,982 | — | — | — | — | 201,982 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Patient billing and payment services |
— | 213,846 | — | — | — | 213,846 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Physician services |
— | 60,672 | — | — | (15,485 | ) | 45,187 | |||||||||||||||||
| Dental |
— | 25,926 | — | — | — | 25,926 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue cycle technology |
— | — | 86,916 | — | — | 86,916 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue cycle services |
— | — | 92,045 | — | — | 92,045 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Pharmacy |
— | — | — | 70,309 | — | 70,309 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Inter-segment revenue |
2,845 | — | 450 | — | (3,295 | ) | — | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net revenue |
$ | 382,395 | $ | 300,444 | $ | 179,411 | $ | 70,309 | $ | (18,780 | ) | $ | 913,779 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes |
$ | (11,382 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
43,202 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
128,761 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| EBITDA |
160,581 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity compensation |
54,931 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acquisition accounting adjustments |
— | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acquisition-related costs |
4,903 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Transaction-related costs and advisory fees |
30,279 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Strategic initiatives, duplicative and transition costs |
1,557 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Severance and retention costs |
159 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| (Gain) loss on disposal of assets |
1,197 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Contingent consideration |
(8,036 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
1,862 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| EBITDA Adjustments |
86,852 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 149,741 | $ | 82,591 | $ | 82,218 | $ | 34,156 | $ | (101,273 | ) | $ | 247,433 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Capital Expenditures |
$ | 6,534 | $ | 2,515 | $ | 10,351 | $ | 4,232 | $ | 28,270 | $ | 51,902 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
F-45
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
20. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balances, net of taxes, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013.
| Foreign | Accumulated | |||||||||||
| Currency | Other | |||||||||||
| Translation | Cash Flow | Comprehensive | ||||||||||
| Adjustment | Hedge | Income (Loss) | ||||||||||
| Balance at January 1, 2013 |
$ | (127 | ) | $ | (3,662 | ) | $ | (3,789 | ) | |||
| Change associated with foreign currency translation |
(137 | ) | — | (137 | ) | |||||||
| Change associated with current period hedging |
— | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||
| Reclassification into earnings |
— | 2,586 | 2,586 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2013 |
$ | (264 | ) | $ | (1,079 | ) | $ | (1,343 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
21. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Financial Information
In lieu of providing separate annual and interim financial statements for each guarantor of debt securities to be registered, Regulation S-X of SEC Guidelines, Rules and Regulations (“Regulation S-X”) provides companies, if certain criteria are satisfied, with the option to instead provide condensed consolidating financial information for its issuers, guarantors and non-guarantors. In the case of the Company, the applicable criteria include the following: (i) the Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis, (ii) each of the guarantors of the Senior Notes is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and (iii) any non-guarantors are considered minor as that term is defined in Regulation S-X. Because each of these criteria has been satisfied by the Company, summarized condensed consolidating balance sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, condensed consolidating statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the periods from November 2, 2011 to December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 to November 1, 2011, respectively, for the Company, segregating the issuer, the subsidiary guarantors and consolidating adjustments, are reflected below. Prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
F-46
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
| Successor | ||||||||||||||||
| As of December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| ASSETS |
||||||||||||||||
| Current assets: |
||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 2,794 | $ | 73,744 | $ | — | $ | 76,538 | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts |
— | 214,247 | — | 214,247 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred income tax assets |
— | 6,317 | — | 6,317 | ||||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
3,441 | 23,578 | — | 27,019 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total current assets |
6,235 | 317,886 | — | 324,121 | ||||||||||||
| Property and equipment, net |
10 | 269,460 | — | 269,470 | ||||||||||||
| Due from affiliates |
— | 69,142 | (69,142 | ) | — | |||||||||||
| Investment in subsidiaries |
1,764,213 | — | (1,764,213 | ) | — | |||||||||||
| Goodwill |
— | 1,502,434 | — | 1,502,434 | ||||||||||||
| Intangible assets, net |
142,500 | 1,490,188 | — | 1,632,688 | ||||||||||||
| Other assets, net |
64,536 | 14,949 | (60,316 | ) | 19,169 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total assets |
$ | 1,977,494 | $ | 3,664,059 | $ | (1,893,671 | ) | $ | 3,747,882 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
||||||||||||||||
| Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Accounts payable |
$ | — | $ | 8,367 | $ | — | $ | 8,367 | ||||||||
| Accrued expenses |
8,205 | 122,944 | — | 131,149 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred revenues |
— | 10,881 | — | 10,881 | ||||||||||||
| Current portion of long-term debt |
5,775 | 25,555 | — | 31,330 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total current liabilities |
13,980 | 167,747 | — | 181,727 | ||||||||||||
| Due to affiliates |
69,142 | — | (69,142 | ) | — | |||||||||||
| Long-term debt, excluding current portion |
775,330 | 1,223,696 | — | 1,999,026 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred income tax liabilities |
— | 496,579 | (60,316 | ) | 436,263 | |||||||||||
| Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties |
150,496 | — | — | 150,496 | ||||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities |
— | 11,824 | — | 11,824 | ||||||||||||
| Commitments and contingencies |
||||||||||||||||
| Total equity |
968,546 | 1,764,213 | (1,764,213 | ) | 968,546 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 1,977,494 | $ | 3,664,059 | $ | (1,893,671 | ) | $ | 3,747,882 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-47
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
| Successor | ||||||||||||||||
| As of December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| ASSETS |
| |||||||||||||||
| Current assets: |
||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 754 | $ | 31,009 | $ | — | $ | 31,763 | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts |
— | 192,243 | — | 192,243 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred income tax assets |
— | 4,184 | — | 4,184 | ||||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
2,059 | 26,100 | — | 28,159 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total current assets |
2,813 | 253,536 | — | 256,349 | ||||||||||||
| Property and equipment, net |
3 | 264,849 | — | 264,852 | ||||||||||||
| Due from affiliates |
— | 62,933 | (62,933 | ) | — | |||||||||||
| Investment in consolidated subsidiaries |
1,839,748 | — | (1,839,748 | ) | — | |||||||||||
| Goodwill |
— | 1,488,134 | — | 1,488,134 | ||||||||||||
| Intangible assets, net |
151,500 | 1,578,589 | — | 1,730,089 | ||||||||||||
| Other assets, net |
18,539 | 22,275 | (11,120 | ) | 29,694 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total assets |
$ | 2,012,603 | $ | 3,670,316 | $ | (1,913,801 | ) | $ | 3,769,118 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
||||||||||||||||
| Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Accounts payable |
$ | — | $ | 6,223 | $ | — | $ | 6,223 | ||||||||
| Accrued expenses |
5,845 | 98,181 | — | 104,026 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred revenues |
— | 9,342 | — | 9,342 | ||||||||||||
| Current portion of long-term debt |
4,600 | 12,995 | — | 17,595 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total current liabilities |
10,445 | 126,741 | — | 137,186 | ||||||||||||
| Due to affiliates |
62,933 | — | (62,933 | ) | — | |||||||||||
| Long-term debt, excluding current portion |
778,813 | 1,220,602 | — | 1,999,415 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred income tax liabilities |
— | 478,041 | (11,120 | ) | 466,921 | |||||||||||
| Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties |
125,003 | — | — | 125,003 | ||||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities |
3,258 | 5,184 | — | 8,442 | ||||||||||||
| Commitments and contingencies |
||||||||||||||||
| Equity |
1,032,151 | 1,839,748 | (1,839,748 | ) | 1,032,151 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 2,012,603 | $ | 3,670,316 | $ | (1,913,801 | ) | $ | 3,769,118 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-48
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
| Successor | ||||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| Revenue |
$ | — | $ | 1,242,567 | $ | — | $ | 1,242,567 | ||||||||
| Costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
| Cost of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below) |
— | 758,025 | — | 758,025 | ||||||||||||
| Development and engineering |
— | 32,612 | — | 32,612 | ||||||||||||
| Sales, marketing, general and administrative |
12,321 | 168,316 | — | 180,637 | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
9,004 | 174,835 | — | 183,839 | ||||||||||||
| Accretion |
26,470 | — | — | 26,470 | ||||||||||||
| Transaction related costs |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Operating income (loss) |
(47,795 | ) | 108,779 | — | 60,984 | |||||||||||
| Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries |
(14,159 | ) | — | 14,159 | — | |||||||||||
| Interest expense, net |
94,021 | 59,148 | — | 153,169 | ||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
485 | 22,675 | — | 23,160 | ||||||||||||
| Other income, net |
(2,925 | ) | (1,277 | ) | — | (4,202 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit) |
(125,217 | ) | 28,233 | (14,159 | ) | (111,143 | ) | |||||||||
| Income tax provision (benefit) |
(50,759 | ) | 14,074 | — | (36,685 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
$ | (74,458 | ) | $ | 14,159 | $ | (14,159 | ) | $ | (74,458 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-49
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
| Successor | ||||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| Revenue |
$ | — | $ | 1,152,313 | $ | — | $ | 1,152,313 | ||||||||
| Costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
| Cost of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below) |
— | 693,819 | — | 693,819 | ||||||||||||
| Development and engineering |
— | 34,591 | — | 34,591 | ||||||||||||
| Sales, marketing, general and administrative |
9,072 | 142,065 | — | 151,137 | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
9,004 | 178,221 | — | 187,225 | ||||||||||||
| Accretion |
8,666 | — | — | 8,666 | ||||||||||||
| Transaction related costs |
1,250 | — | — | 1,250 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Operating income (loss) |
(27,992 | ) | 103,617 | — | 75,625 | |||||||||||
| Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries |
(3,400 | ) | — | 3,400 | — | |||||||||||
| Interest expense |
94,089 | 78,164 | — | 172,253 | ||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
495 | 21,358 | — | 21,853 | ||||||||||||
| Other income, net |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit) |
(119,176 | ) | 4,095 | (3,400 | ) | (118,481 | ) | |||||||||
| Income tax provision (benefit) |
(40,841 | ) | 695 | — | (40,146 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
$ | (78,335 | ) | $ | 3,400 | $ | (3,400 | ) | $ | (78,335 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-50
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
| Successor | ||||||||||||||||
| November 2 through December 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| Revenue |
$ | — | $ | 187,116 | $ | — | $ | 187,116 | ||||||||
| Costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
| Cost of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below) |
— | 111,905 | — | 111,905 | ||||||||||||
| Development and engineering |
— | 5,268 | — | 5,268 | ||||||||||||
| Sales, marketing, general and administrative |
1,385 | 22,525 | — | 23,910 | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
1,501 | 27,593 | — | 29,094 | ||||||||||||
| Accretion |
2,459 | — | — | 2,459 | ||||||||||||
| Transaction related costs |
485 | 17,372 | 17,857 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Operating income (loss) |
(5,830 | ) | 2,453 | — | (3,377 | ) | ||||||||||
| Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries |
(3,790 | ) | — | 3,790 | — | |||||||||||
| Interest expense, net |
25,164 | 4,179 | — | 29,343 | ||||||||||||
| Other income, net |
— | (5,841 | ) | — | (5,841 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Income (loss) before income tax benefit |
(27,204 | ) | 4,115 | (3,790 | ) | (26,879 | ) | |||||||||
| Income tax provision (benefit) |
(10,510 | ) | 325 | — | (10,185 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
$ | (16,694 | ) | $ | 3,790 | $ | (3,790 | ) | $ | (16,694 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-51
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
| Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||
| January 1 through November 1, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| Revenue |
$ | — | $ | 913,779 | $ | — | $ | 913,779 | ||||||||
| Costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
| Cost of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below) |
— | 544,407 | — | 544,407 | ||||||||||||
| Development and engineering |
— | 26,828 | — | 26,828 | ||||||||||||
| Sales, marketing, general and administrative |
12,544 | 110,817 | — | 123,361 | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
3 | 128,758 | — | 128,761 | ||||||||||||
| Accretion expense |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Transaction related costs |
17,767 | 48,858 | — | 66,625 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Operating income (loss) |
(30,314 | ) | 54,111 | — | 23,797 | |||||||||||
| Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries |
(16,481 | ) | — | 16,481 | — | |||||||||||
| Interest expense, net |
2,442 | 40,760 | — | 43,202 | ||||||||||||
| Other income, net |
— | (8,023 | ) | — | (8,023 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Income before income tax provision (benefit) |
(16,275 | ) | 21,374 | (16,481 | ) | (11,382 | ) | |||||||||
| Income tax provision (benefit) |
8,417 | (216 | ) | — | 8,201 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
(24,692 | ) | 21,590 | (16,481 | ) | (19,583 | ) | |||||||||
| Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest |
— | — | 5,109 | 5,109 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to Emdeon Inc. |
$ | (24,692 | ) | $ | 21,590 | $ | (21,590 | ) | $ | (24,692 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-52
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
| Successor | ||||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
$ | (74,458 | ) | $ | 14,159 | $ | (14,159 | ) | $ | (74,458 | ) | |||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss): |
||||||||||||||||
| Changes in fair value of interest rate swap, net of taxes |
2,583 | — | — | 2,583 | ||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
— | (137 | ) | — | (137 | ) | ||||||||||
| Equity in other comprehensive earnings |
(137 | ) | — | 137 | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss) |
2,446 | (137 | ) | 137 | 2,446 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | (72,012 | ) | $ | 14,022 | $ | (14,022 | ) | $ | (72,012 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-53
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
| Successor | ||||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| Net Income (loss) |
$ | (78,335 | ) | $ | 3,400 | $ | (3,400 | ) | $ | (78,335 | ) | |||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss): |
||||||||||||||||
| Changes in fair value of interest rate swap, net of taxes |
(3,662 | ) | — | — | (3,662 | ) | ||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
67 | 67 | ||||||||||||||
| Equity in other comprehensive earnings |
67 | — | (67 | ) | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss) |
(3,595 | ) | 67 | (67 | ) | (3,595 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | (81,930 | ) | $ | 3,467 | $ | (3,467 | ) | $ | (81,930 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-54
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
| Successor | ||||||||||||||||
| November 2 through December 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
$ | (16,694 | ) | $ | 3,790 | $ | (3,790 | ) | $ | (16,694 | ) | |||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss): |
||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
— | (194 | ) | — | (194 | ) | ||||||||||
| Equity in other comprehensive earnings |
(194 | ) | — | 194 | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss) |
(194 | ) | (194 | ) | 194 | (194 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | (16,888 | ) | $ | 3,596 | $ | (3,596 | ) | $ | (16,888 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-55
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
| Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||
| January 1 through November 1, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
$ | (24,692 | ) | $ | 21,590 | $ | (16,481 | ) | $ | (19,583 | ) | |||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss): |
||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income amortization, net of taxes |
— | 2,762 | — | 2,762 | ||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
— | 101 | — | 101 | ||||||||||||
| Equity in other comprehensive earnings |
2,253 | — | (2,253 | ) | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss) |
2,253 | 2,863 | (2,253 | ) | 2,863 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total comprehensive income (loss) |
(22,439 | ) | 24,453 | (18,734 | ) | (16,720 | ) | |||||||||
| Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest |
— | — | 5,719 | 5,719 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Emdeon Inc. |
$ | (22,439 | ) | $ | 24,453 | $ | (24,453 | ) | $ | (22,439 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-56
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
| Successor | ||||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| Operating activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Net Income (loss) |
$ | (74,458 | ) | $ | 14,159 | $ | (14,159 | ) | $ | (74,458 | ) | |||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
9,004 | 174,835 | — | 183,839 | ||||||||||||
| Equity compensation expense |
240 | 6,781 | — | 7,021 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred income tax expense (benefit) |
(49,195 | ) | 9,640 | — | (39,555 | ) | ||||||||||
| Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries |
(14,159 | ) | — | 14,159 | — | |||||||||||
| Accretion expense |
26,470 | — | — | 26,470 | ||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
478 | 22,350 | — | 22,828 | ||||||||||||
| Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs |
2,501 | 5,974 | — | 8,475 | ||||||||||||
| Change in contingent consideration |
— | (69 | ) | — | (69 | ) | ||||||||||
| Impairment of property and equipment |
— | 10,619 | — | 10,619 | ||||||||||||
| Gain on sale of cost method investment |
(2,925 | ) | — | — | (2,925 | ) | ||||||||||
| Other |
(822 | ) | (1,140 | ) | — | (1,962 | ) | |||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
— | (20,791 | ) | — | (20,791 | ) | ||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other |
(2,402 | ) | 3,844 | — | 1,442 | |||||||||||
| Accounts payable |
— | 1,335 | — | 1,335 | ||||||||||||
| Accrued expenses, deferred revenue, and other liabilities |
3,171 | 26,102 | — | 29,273 | ||||||||||||
| Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties |
(1,142 | ) | — | — | (1,142 | ) | ||||||||||
| Due to/from affiliates |
6,209 | (6,209 | ) | — | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
(97,030 | ) | 247,430 | — | 150,400 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Investing activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment |
(11 | ) | (71,075 | ) | — | (71,086 | ) | |||||||||
| Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired |
— | (18,291 | ) | — | (18,291 | ) | ||||||||||
| Investment in subsidiary |
96,475 | — | (96,475 | ) | — | |||||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of cost method investment |
5,820 | — | 5,820 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
102,285 | (89,366 | ) | (96,475 | ) | (83,557 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Financing activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Distributions to Emdeon Inc. net |
— | (96,475 | ) | 96,475 | — | |||||||||||
| Payment of debt issue costs |
— | (2,178 | ) | — | (2,178 | ) | ||||||||||
| Payment on Term Loan |
(280 | ) | (12,632 | ) | — | (12,912 | ) | |||||||||
| Data sublicense and deferred financing obligation payments |
(4,321 | ) | (3,243 | ) | — | (7,564 | ) | |||||||||
| Capital contribution from Parent |
1,999 | — | — | 1,999 | ||||||||||||
| Repurchase of Parent common stock |
(613 | ) | — | — | (613 | ) | ||||||||||
| Other |
— | (800 | ) | — | (800 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities |
(3,215 | ) | (115,328 | ) | 96,475 | (22,068 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
2,040 | 42,735 | — | 44,775 | ||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
754 | 31,009 | — | 31,763 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 2,794 | $ | 73,744 | $ | — | $ | 76,538 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-57
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
| Successor | ||||||||||||||||
| For the Year Ended December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| Operating activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Net Income (loss) |
$ | (78,335 | ) | $ | 3,400 | $ | (3,400 | ) | $ | (78,335 | ) | |||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
9,004 | 178,221 | — | 187,225 | ||||||||||||
| Equity compensation expense |
27 | 6,815 | — | 6,842 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred income tax expense (benefit) |
(40,841 | ) | 2,394 | — | (38,447 | ) | ||||||||||
| Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries |
(3,400 | ) | — | 3,400 | — | |||||||||||
| Accretion expense |
8,666 | — | — | 8,666 | ||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
495 | 17,798 | — | 18,293 | ||||||||||||
| Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs |
2,265 | 7,920 | — | 10,185 | ||||||||||||
| Impairment of property and equipment |
— | 1,865 | — | 1,865 | ||||||||||||
| Other |
— | 820 | — | 820 | ||||||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
— | 1,601 | — | 1,601 | ||||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other |
1,438 | (13,534 | ) | — | (12,096 | ) | ||||||||||
| Accounts payable |
— | (2,149 | ) | — | (2,149 | ) | ||||||||||
| Accrued expenses, deferred revenue, and other liabilities |
(14,244 | ) | (10,972 | ) | — | (25,216 | ) | |||||||||
| Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties |
(334 | ) | — | — | (334 | ) | ||||||||||
| Due to/from affiliates |
7,463 | (7,463 | ) | — | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
(107,796 | ) | 186,716 | — | 78,920 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Investing activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment |
— | (62,054 | ) | — | (62,054 | ) | ||||||||||
| Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired |
— | (59,011 | ) | — | (59,011 | ) | ||||||||||
| Investment in subsidiary |
112,067 | — | (112,067 | ) | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
112,067 | (121,065 | ) | (112,067 | ) | (121,065 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Financing activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Distributions to Emdeon Inc. net |
— | (112,067 | ) | 112,067 | — | |||||||||||
| Payments on Revolving Facility |
— | (15,000 | ) | — | (15,000 | ) | ||||||||||
| Payment of debt issue costs |
(34 | ) | (2,026 | ) | — | (2,060 | ) | |||||||||
| Proceeds from incremental term loan |
— | 70,351 | — | 70,351 | ||||||||||||
| Payments on Term Loan |
(259 | ) | (12,558 | ) | — | (12,817 | ) | |||||||||
| Debt principal and data sublicense obligation payments |
(3,796 | ) | — | — | (3,796 | ) | ||||||||||
| Repurchase of Parent common stock |
(317 | ) | — | (317 | ) | |||||||||||
| Other |
— | (376 | ) | — | (376 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities |
(4,089 | ) | (71,993 | ) | 112,067 | 35,985 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
182 | (6,342 | ) | — | (6,160 | ) | ||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
572 | 37,351 | — | 37,923 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 754 | $ | 31,009 | $ | — | $ | 31,763 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-58
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
| Successor | ||||||||||||||||
| November 2 through December 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| Operating activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Net Income (loss) |
$ | (16,694 | ) | $ | 3,790 | $ | (3,790 | ) | $ | (16,694 | ) | |||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
1,501 | 27,593 | — | 29,094 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred income tax expense (benefit) |
(10,510 | ) | 4,113 | — | (6,397 | ) | ||||||||||
| Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries |
(3,790 | ) | — | 3,790 | — | |||||||||||
| Accretion expense |
2,459 | — | — | 2,459 | ||||||||||||
| Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs |
356 | 1,286 | — | 1,642 | ||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of interest rate swap (not subject to hedge accounting) |
— | (2,755 | ) | — | (2,755 | ) | ||||||||||
| Change in contingent consideration |
— | (5,843 | ) | — | (5,843 | ) | ||||||||||
| Other |
— | 489 | — | 489 | ||||||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
— | (13,447 | ) | — | (13,447 | ) | ||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other |
3,318 | (192 | ) | — | 3,126 | |||||||||||
| Accounts payable |
— | (2,912 | ) | — | (2,912 | ) | ||||||||||
| Accrued expenses, deferred revenue, and other liabilities |
(13,261 | ) | (4,283 | ) | — | (17,544 | ) | |||||||||
| Due to/from affiliates |
(3,769 | ) | 3,769 | — | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
(40,390 | ) | 11,608 | — | (28,782 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Investing activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment |
— | (8,279 | ) | — | (8,279 | ) | ||||||||||
| Purchases of Emdeon Inc., net of cash acquired |
(1,597,220 | ) | (345,998 | ) | — | (1,943,218 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
(1,597,220 | ) | (354,277 | ) | — | (1,951,497 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Financing activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of stock |
863,245 | — | — | 863,245 | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from Term Loan Facility |
25,332 | 1,159,782 | — | 1,185,114 | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from Revolving Facility |
— | 25,000 | — | 25,000 | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from Senior Notes |
729,375 | — | — | 729,375 | ||||||||||||
| Payments on Revolving Facility |
— | (10,000 | ) | — | (10,000 | ) | ||||||||||
| Payment of debt issue costs |
(5,871 | ) | (30,030 | ) | — | (35,901 | ) | |||||||||
| Payments on Term Loan |
— | (937,248 | ) | — | (937,248 | ) | ||||||||||
| Debt principal and data sublicense obligation payments |
— | (4,890 | ) | — | (4,890 | ) | ||||||||||
| Other |
(2,800 | ) | (68 | ) | — | (2,868 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities |
1,609,281 | 202,546 | — | 1,811,827 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
(28,329 | ) | (140,123 | ) | — | (168,452 | ) | |||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
28,901 | 177,474 | — | 206,375 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 572 | $ | 37,351 | $ | — | $ | 37,923 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-59
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
| Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||
| January 1 through November 1, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||
| Emdeon Inc. | Guarantor Subsidiaries |
Consolidating Adjustments |
Consolidated | |||||||||||||
| Operating activities |
|
|||||||||||||||
| Net Income (loss) |
$ | (24,692 | ) | $ | 21,590 | $ | (16,481 | ) | $ | (19,583 | ) | |||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
3 | 128,758 | — | 128,761 | ||||||||||||
| Equity compensation expense |
1,300 | 53,632 | — | 54,932 | ||||||||||||
| Deferred income tax expense (benefit) |
8,417 | (23,462 | ) | — | (15,045 | ) | ||||||||||
| Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries |
(16,481 | ) | — | 16,481 | — | |||||||||||
| Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs |
— | 11,673 | — | 11,673 | ||||||||||||
| Amortization of discontinued cash flow hedge from other comprehensive loss |
— | 3,167 | — | 3,167 | ||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of interest rate swap (not subject to hedge accounting) |
— | (7,983 | ) | — | (7,983 | ) | ||||||||||
| Change in contingent consideration |
— | (8,036 | ) | — | (8,036 | ) | ||||||||||
| Other |
— | 1,119 | — | 1,119 | ||||||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
— | 660 | — | 660 | ||||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other |
88 | 6,550 | — | 6,638 | ||||||||||||
| Accounts payable |
— | 8,505 | — | 8,505 | ||||||||||||
| Accrued expenses, deferred revenue, and other liabilities |
29,263 | 18,350 | — | 47,613 | ||||||||||||
| Tax receivable agreement obligations to related parties |
(3,519 | ) | — | — | (3,519 | ) | ||||||||||
| Due to/from affiliates |
(2,667 | ) | 2,667 | — | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash provided (used in) by operating activities |
(8,288 | ) | 217,190 | — | 208,902 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Investing activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment |
— | (51,902 | ) | — | (51,902 | ) | ||||||||||
| Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired |
— | (39,422 | ) | — | (39,422 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
— | (91,324 | ) | — | (91,324 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Financing activities |
||||||||||||||||
| Payments on Term Loan |
— | (6,412 | ) | — | (6,412 | ) | ||||||||||
| Data sublicense and deferred financing obligation payments |
(3,716 | ) | — | — | (3,716 | ) | ||||||||||
| Other |
925 | (1,188 | ) | — | (263 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net cash used in financing activities |
(2,791 | ) | (7,600 | ) | — | (10,391 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
(11,079 | ) | 118,266 | — | 107,187 | |||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
39,980 | 59,208 | — | 99,188 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 28,901 | $ | 177,474 | $ | — | $ | 206,375 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-60
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except Per Share, Unit and Per Unit Amounts)
22. Subsequent Event
Reporting Segment Reorganization
In January 2014, the Company reorganized its reportable segments as payer services, provider services and pharmacy services.
Change in Tax Status of EBS Master
In January 2014, the Company effected a change in the tax status of EBS Master from a partnership to a corporation. Prior to the tax status change, the Company recognized a deferred tax liability for the difference in the book and tax basis of its investment in EBS Master (i.e. outside tax basis). The outside tax basis of the investment in the EBS Master excluded consideration of goodwill within the underlying partnership that otherwise would have no tax basis. Following the tax status change, the Company’s deferred tax liability will reflect only the difference in the book and tax bases of the individual assets and liabilities included in the corporation. As a result, the Company expects this change in tax status will result in a material reduction of its deferred tax liabilities and related deferred income tax expense during the first quarter of 2014.
Acquisition of Vieosoft
In February 2014, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of Vieosoft Inc., a development stage enterprise, for initial cash consideration, contingent cash consideration that varies based on the performance of the acquired business in each of the four years following the acquisition and the assumption of certain liabilities. Such contingent consideration payments are limited to a maximum of $42,000 on a cumulative basis over the respective periods.
Because the initial accounting for this acquisition was incomplete as of the issuance of this report, the disclosures for business combinations occurring after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued as required by ASC 805 are not disclosed in this report. Due to the timing of the acquisition and the issuance of the report, disclosure of such information is impracticable.
F-61
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Emdeon Inc.
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(In Thousands)
| Description |
Balance at Beginning of Year |
Charged to Costs and Expenses |
Charged to Other Accounts |
Write-offs | Balance at End of Year |
|||||||||||||||
| Allowance for doubtful accounts |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2013 |
$ | 3,585 | $ | 1,982 | $ | 854 | $ | (2,565 | ) | $ | 3,856 | |||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2012 |
$ | 1,201 | $ | 1,598 | $ | 3,571 | $ | (2,785 | ) | $ | 3,585 | |||||||||
| Period from November 2 to December 31, 2011 (Successor)(1) |
$ | — | $ | 349 | $ | 1,460 | $ | (608 | ) | $ | 1,201 | |||||||||
| Period from January 1 to November 1, 2011 (Predecessor) |
$ | 5,394 | $ | 1,888 | $ | — | $ | (1,398 | ) | $ | 5,884 | |||||||||
| (1) | In connection with the Merger, accounts receivable was adjusted to fair value such that the opening allowance for doubtful accounts was $0 at November 2, 2011. |
S-1
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 17, 2014.
EMDEON INC.
| By: | /s/ Neil E. de Crescenzo | |
| Name: | Neil E. de Crescenzo | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer and Director |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| Signature |
Title |
Date | ||
| /s/ Neil E. de Crescenzo |
Chief Executive Officer and Director | |||
| Neil E. de Crescenzo | Principal Executive Officer | March 17, 2014 | ||
| /s/ Bob A. Newport, Jr. |
Chief Financial Officer | March 17, 2014 | ||
| Bob A. Newport, Jr. | (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | |||
| /s/ Howard L. Lance |
Chairman of the Board of Directors | March 17, 2014 | ||
| Howard L. Lance | ||||
| /s/ Neil P. Simpkins |
Director | March 17, 2014 | ||
| Neil P. Simpkins | ||||
| /s/ Justin Sunshine |
Director | March 17, 2014 | ||
| Justin Sunshine | ||||
| /s/ Philip M. Pead |
Director | March 17, 2014 | ||
| Philip M. Pead | ||||
| /s/ Pamela J. Pure |
Director | March 17, 2014 | ||
| Pamela J. Pure | ||||
| /s/ Allen R. Thorpe |
Director | March 17, 2014 | ||
| Allen R. Thorpe | ||||
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED WITH REPORTS FILED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(D) OF THE ACT BY REGISTRANTS WHICH HAVE
NOT REGISTERED SECURITIES PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE ACT
The registrant has not sent and, following the filing of this Annual Report with the SEC, does not intend to send to its security holders an annual report to security holders or proxy materials for the year ended December 31, 2013 or with respect to any annual or other meeting of security holders.
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Index of Exhibits
| Exhibit No. |
Description | |
| 2.1 | Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 3, 2011, by and among Beagle Parent Corp., Beagle Acquisition Corp. and Emdeon Inc. (included as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on August 8, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 3.1 | Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Emdeon Inc. (included as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on November 2, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 3.2 | Second Amended and Restated By-laws of Emdeon Inc. (included as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on November 2, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 4.1 | 2019 Notes Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Beagle Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 4.2 | 2019 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Emdeon Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 4.3 | 2019 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 10, 2012, between TC3 Health, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 4.4 | 2019 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 8, 2013, between Goold Health Systems and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 333-182786), filed on November 8, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 4.5 | 2020 Notes Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Beagle Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 4.6 | 2020 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Emdeon Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| Exhibit No. |
Description | |
| 4.7 | 2020 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 10, 2012, between TC3 Health, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 4.8 | 2020 Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 8, 2013, between Goold Health Systems and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (included as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 333-182786), filed on November 8, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 4.9 | 2019 Notes Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Beagle Acquisition Corp., the guarantors named therein and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as representatives of the purchasers named therein (included as Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 4.10 | 2019 Notes Joinder Agreement to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Emdeon Inc. and certain additional guarantors named therein (included as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 4.11 | 2020 Notes Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Beagle Acquisition Corp., the guarantors named therein and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as representatives of the purchasers named therein (included as Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 4.12 | Form of 2019 Note (included as Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 4.13 | Form of 2020 Note (included as Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.1 | Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Emdeon Inc., Blackstone Management Partners, L.L.C. and Hellman & Friedman, L.P. (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.2 | Credit Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011 (the “Credit Agreement”), among Beagle Intermediate Holding, Inc., Emdeon Inc., the other borrowers party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender and letter of credit issuer thereunder, and the other agents and lenders parties thereto (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.3 | Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, among Emdeon Inc., the other borrowers party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender, letter of credit issuer and collateral agent thereunder, and the and the guarantors party thereto (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.4 | Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2013, among Emdeon Inc., the other borrowers party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender, letter of credit issuer and collateral agent thereunder, and the guarantors party thereto (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-182786), filed on April 25, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| Exhibit No. |
Description | |
| 10.5 | Security Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011, among Emdeon Inc., the other borrowers and debtors party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (included as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.6 | Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2011, by and among Beagle Parent Corp., Beagle Intermediate Holdings, Inc., Beagle Acquisition Corp. and the sponsors, other investors and managers named therein (included as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.7 | Amended and Restated Tax Receivable Agreement (Reorganizations), dated as of November 2, 2011, by and among Emdeon Inc., H&F ITR Holdco, L.P., Beagle Parent LLC and GA-H&F ITR Holdco, L.P. (included as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.8 | Amended and Restated Tax Receivable Agreement (Exchanges), dated as of November 2, 2011, by and among Emdeon Inc., H&F ITR Holdco, L.P., Beagle Parent LLC and GA-H&F ITR Holdco, L.P. (included as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.9 | Tax Receivable Agreement (Management) by and among Emdeon Inc. and the persons named therein, dated August 17, 2009 (included as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-34435), filed on August 17, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.10 | First Amendment to Tax Receivable Agreement (Management), dated as of November 2, 2011, by and among Emdeon Inc. and the parties named thereto (included as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-182786), filed on July 20, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.11† | Employment Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, between George I. Lazenby and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended (File No. 333-182786), filed on September 17, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.12† | Separation Agreement and General Release, dated October 4, 2013, between George I. Lazenby IV and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 8, 2013 (File No. 333-182786), and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.13† | Employment Agreement, effective as of September 14, 2012, between Gregory T. Stevens and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended (File No. 333-182786), filed on September 17, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.14† | Employment Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, between Bob A. Newport and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended (File No. 333-182786), filed on September 17, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.15† | Transition Letter Agreement dated February 3, 2014, between Bob A. Newport and Emdeon Business Services LLC (filed herewith). | |
| 10.16† | Employment Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, between Gary Stuart and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended (File No. 333-182786), filed on September 17, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
| Exhibit No. |
Description | |
| 10.17† | Employment Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, between Kevin Mahoney and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended (File No. 333-182786), filed on September 17, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.18† | Employment Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, between T. Ulrich Brechbühl and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended (File No. 333-182786), filed on September 17, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.19† | Employment Agreement, dated September 30, 2013, between Neil E. de Crescenzo and Emdeon Business Services LLC (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 333-182786), filed on November 8, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 10.20† | Employment Agreement, dated February 4, 2014, between Randy Giles and Emdeon Business Services LLC (filed herewith). | |
| 10.21† | Emdeon Management Bonus Program, as revised on November 20, 2013 (filed herewith). | |
| 10.22† | Form of Indemnification Agreement (included as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-182786), filed on March 18, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference). | |
| 21.1 | Subsidiaries of Registrant (filed herewith). | |
| 31.1 | Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (filed herewith). | |
| 31.2 | Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (filed herewith). | |
| 32.1 | Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith). | |
| 32.2 | Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith). | |
| 101.INS | XBRL Instance Document | |
| 101.SCH | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document | |
| 101.DEF | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document | |
| 101.CAL | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document | |
| 101.LAB | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document | |
| 101.PRE | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document | |
| † | Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement. |